Results for "Pikes+Peak+|+3+>+99"
6650 results found.
Connection time in Abu Dhabi
Hi,
I’m planning a trip to Australia—Paris to Melbourne.
I’m flying with Etihad and have a 1-hour connection in Abu Dhabi.
Does that seem doable to you?
Thanks for your feedback and experiences!
Yet Another Travel Journal in this (Too) Familiar Rajasthan, But with Family and Kids
Prologue
This journal recounts a trip to Rajasthan that’s already over a year old and that I’ve only now found the chance to write about. The summer of 2024 marked my return to India—my tenth trip—after six long years away since my last solo wanderings in Tamil Nadu in 2018 (the journal of which is published on this site). That absence was partly (but not only) due to the long COVID and post-COVID period, which saw a complete halt and then a major slowdown in global tourism. To top it off, Voyage Forum announced its closure in an end-of-the-world atmosphere. A sad time for our favorite social activity…
A few weeks after returning from Rajasthan, I tried to motivate myself to start writing a journal to publish on a forum claiming to be VF’s successor, which I’d eventually signed up for out of desperation. But I kept hesitating and putting the project off because, for one, I no longer have the time I used to. For another, the vibe wasn’t really taking off on that forum—it was overrun with ads and not very active, contrary to what its host’s name suggested. Despite its good intentions and commendable role as a stopgap, it also turned out to be very impractical to use, especially when you don’t have much time like me. I’ll admit I’d occasionally check back on VF to see if anything was happening. But all the discussions remained frozen in time, stuck in that fateful year, 2020. Then, rumors swirled online about shady reasons behind its closure, leaving little room for hope.
And then, one fine morning, I got a message at work from Marien informing me that VF had reopened. What a huge surprise! Even though the forum’s “end” had played out in a somewhat apocalyptic atmosphere, the memories of passionate and heated discussions, the frank debates, and the useful exchanges that made this site a traveler’s goldmine and a unique hub of conviviality all came rushing back to me like a breath of fresh air. I finally saw a sign and tried to motivate myself to find the time to publish the journal of this tenth trip to India and fifth to Rajasthan. But in the end, I got bogged down in professional and family obligations and never managed to find the time to get started. That’s now fixed, though, because I had two reasons for wanting to do it: I find that looking back on a trip to tell others about it is a highly beneficial introspective exercise. Also, I thought this journal could be useful to other travelers on a few points.
Because, “do we really need yet another journal about Rajasthan?” you might rightly ask! Especially in a time when so many journals about the “Land of Kings” have been published since VF’s return, not to mention the countless stories you can already find online about this region, one of India’s most touristy. And I’d add, why go back to Rajasthan for a fifth time, where I’ve already dragged my feet more than enough—through its forts, deserts, temples, cities, villages, bumpy roads, train stations, tasty street food stalls, cheap guesthouses, and more? Where some might see just another overhyped tourist destination full of the same old *Arabian Nights* clichés, worn to a thread, that I mentioned earlier, when there’s so much else to see in India? Well, first because it’s a magnificent country I never tire of, where I started an academic study and made so many connections. It’s also packed with places where you won’t find a single tourist (right, Marie-Jo?), even in the heart of well-trodden paths and classic itineraries. And most importantly, as I said earlier, things have changed in recent years. First, after six years without traveling far, the urge to go back to India was getting stronger. But this time, no more solo trips (often) or duo adventures (sometimes)—now it’s a team of four that has to come along! And even if you can argue with that, what better place than Rajasthan to introduce India to people who’ve never seen it? To kids you want to amaze? Plus, traveling with your new little family to your favorite country isn’t the same as going solo in often spartan conditions that only affect you. It’s a different challenge, but ultimately probably much harder. So, is it really reasonable to take two kids to India, including a two-year-old baby? That’s one of the main goals of this journal (but not the only one)—to try to answer that question.
As you can tell, it’s not so much the destination but the slightly unusual setup of this trip that, in my opinion, will make this journal interesting. Despite my experience and expertise (yes, I dare say it) in India, there were plenty of questions before we finalized the plan and said, “Alright, let’s go!” The questions were flying for us parents. Is it wise to travel to India with a two-year-old? What would we do (it happened) if the kids got very sick? Would they be able to handle a road trip on Rajasthan’s bumpy, dusty roads using public transport? Could they handle the shock of such a different world—the dirt, poverty, pollution, noise (…and the smell, as they say), the spicy food, monkeys, mosquitoes, snakes, tigers, leopards, and so on? In short, all the clichés that I usually joke about suddenly became potential realities. Another concern: as a mixed Franco-African family (not me, but my partner and her oldest), wouldn’t we risk not always being well received, given what you sometimes hear about that in India? How would Indians react to seeing a mixed-race family, the ultimate taboo in a country of purity and social segregation, which would undoubtedly raise many questions for them? Of course, not everything went as expected… Because, as you know, with India—and what makes it charming for some—there are always complications: sometimes where you don’t expect them… and sometimes where you do. I’ll go into detail about that in the journal to come (not right away) and in the final review (even later). These experiences could be useful to travelers who find themselves in similar situations and have the same questions we did before embarking on such a journey. And maybe it’ll spark the curiosity of those who aren’t concerned and will read yet another Rajasthan journal, but with its own unique twists.
Despite my unchanged constraints, which mean I have little time to write this, I don’t want to rush the story, so I’ll take my time. There will probably be lulls. I hope that won’t stop people from coming to react, debate, share their impressions, or ask for information.
This journal recounts a trip to Rajasthan that’s already over a year old and that I’ve only now found the chance to write about. The summer of 2024 marked my return to India—my tenth trip—after six long years away since my last solo wanderings in Tamil Nadu in 2018 (the journal of which is published on this site). That absence was partly (but not only) due to the long COVID and post-COVID period, which saw a complete halt and then a major slowdown in global tourism. To top it off, Voyage Forum announced its closure in an end-of-the-world atmosphere. A sad time for our favorite social activity…
A few weeks after returning from Rajasthan, I tried to motivate myself to start writing a journal to publish on a forum claiming to be VF’s successor, which I’d eventually signed up for out of desperation. But I kept hesitating and putting the project off because, for one, I no longer have the time I used to. For another, the vibe wasn’t really taking off on that forum—it was overrun with ads and not very active, contrary to what its host’s name suggested. Despite its good intentions and commendable role as a stopgap, it also turned out to be very impractical to use, especially when you don’t have much time like me. I’ll admit I’d occasionally check back on VF to see if anything was happening. But all the discussions remained frozen in time, stuck in that fateful year, 2020. Then, rumors swirled online about shady reasons behind its closure, leaving little room for hope.
And then, one fine morning, I got a message at work from Marien informing me that VF had reopened. What a huge surprise! Even though the forum’s “end” had played out in a somewhat apocalyptic atmosphere, the memories of passionate and heated discussions, the frank debates, and the useful exchanges that made this site a traveler’s goldmine and a unique hub of conviviality all came rushing back to me like a breath of fresh air. I finally saw a sign and tried to motivate myself to find the time to publish the journal of this tenth trip to India and fifth to Rajasthan. But in the end, I got bogged down in professional and family obligations and never managed to find the time to get started. That’s now fixed, though, because I had two reasons for wanting to do it: I find that looking back on a trip to tell others about it is a highly beneficial introspective exercise. Also, I thought this journal could be useful to other travelers on a few points.
Because, “do we really need yet another journal about Rajasthan?” you might rightly ask! Especially in a time when so many journals about the “Land of Kings” have been published since VF’s return, not to mention the countless stories you can already find online about this region, one of India’s most touristy. And I’d add, why go back to Rajasthan for a fifth time, where I’ve already dragged my feet more than enough—through its forts, deserts, temples, cities, villages, bumpy roads, train stations, tasty street food stalls, cheap guesthouses, and more? Where some might see just another overhyped tourist destination full of the same old *Arabian Nights* clichés, worn to a thread, that I mentioned earlier, when there’s so much else to see in India? Well, first because it’s a magnificent country I never tire of, where I started an academic study and made so many connections. It’s also packed with places where you won’t find a single tourist (right, Marie-Jo?), even in the heart of well-trodden paths and classic itineraries. And most importantly, as I said earlier, things have changed in recent years. First, after six years without traveling far, the urge to go back to India was getting stronger. But this time, no more solo trips (often) or duo adventures (sometimes)—now it’s a team of four that has to come along! And even if you can argue with that, what better place than Rajasthan to introduce India to people who’ve never seen it? To kids you want to amaze? Plus, traveling with your new little family to your favorite country isn’t the same as going solo in often spartan conditions that only affect you. It’s a different challenge, but ultimately probably much harder. So, is it really reasonable to take two kids to India, including a two-year-old baby? That’s one of the main goals of this journal (but not the only one)—to try to answer that question.
As you can tell, it’s not so much the destination but the slightly unusual setup of this trip that, in my opinion, will make this journal interesting. Despite my experience and expertise (yes, I dare say it) in India, there were plenty of questions before we finalized the plan and said, “Alright, let’s go!” The questions were flying for us parents. Is it wise to travel to India with a two-year-old? What would we do (it happened) if the kids got very sick? Would they be able to handle a road trip on Rajasthan’s bumpy, dusty roads using public transport? Could they handle the shock of such a different world—the dirt, poverty, pollution, noise (…and the smell, as they say), the spicy food, monkeys, mosquitoes, snakes, tigers, leopards, and so on? In short, all the clichés that I usually joke about suddenly became potential realities. Another concern: as a mixed Franco-African family (not me, but my partner and her oldest), wouldn’t we risk not always being well received, given what you sometimes hear about that in India? How would Indians react to seeing a mixed-race family, the ultimate taboo in a country of purity and social segregation, which would undoubtedly raise many questions for them? Of course, not everything went as expected… Because, as you know, with India—and what makes it charming for some—there are always complications: sometimes where you don’t expect them… and sometimes where you do. I’ll go into detail about that in the journal to come (not right away) and in the final review (even later). These experiences could be useful to travelers who find themselves in similar situations and have the same questions we did before embarking on such a journey. And maybe it’ll spark the curiosity of those who aren’t concerned and will read yet another Rajasthan journal, but with its own unique twists.
Despite my unchanged constraints, which mean I have little time to write this, I don’t want to rush the story, so I’ll take my time. There will probably be lulls. I hope that won’t stop people from coming to react, debate, share their impressions, or ask for information.
Another side of my trip to Thailand: Villages, nature, countryside, mountains...
February 9th is a pivotal day during my trip to Thailand. Up until this date, my focus had been on cities, temples, and other urban landmarks. Starting February 10th, I’ll finally leave the city behind for the outskirts—one town, one life, farther from tourism, more real, more authentic... Then comes the bucolic surroundings of Chiang Mai, nature, the countryside, the mountains.
This morning, I head to visit the ethnographic museum. I’d been told about another one, but it’s permanently closed. I wonder if it’s the same one that might have changed its name and location.
I thoroughly enjoy visiting this museum. At first, I’m a bit annoyed because the place is packed with noisy school groups blocking the display cases without even showing the slightest interest. But soon, their chaperones manage to lead them into another room, giving me some peace. They maintain this distance throughout the tour, allowing me to explore the museum in complete tranquility. I really appreciate their tact.
I’m amazed by the absolutely stunning fabric displays and the countless everyday objects, especially the very old pottery. There’s so much beautiful basketry and intricately carved wood. The statues are also incredible... After seeing all of them, I no longer feel like buying any from the shops.
On my way back, not far from my hotel, I discover a rather unique place that only serves one drink, which they’ve made their specialty: egg coffee! A pretty surprising novelty. I have to try it.
At the bottom of the cup, they pour a layer of milk, topped with a layer of liquid coffee, followed by a layer of egg yolk, and finally a top layer that turns out to be a mix of coffee and cocoa powder. It’s a cold drink that, in the end, doesn’t have much flavor, and the price is pretty steep for such a small cup. You’re paying for the exclusivity!
Later in the day, I venture once again into small alleys, something I love doing when exploring a new city—no specific goal, just wandering east of the city, outside the walls.
I encounter very few tourists there and discover unsuspected little shops overflowing with lovely items, much cheaper than what you find in the heart of the tourist district. Then I wander through the floors of Warorot Market. I discover another kind of temple there: the temple of good deals. I love finding clothes that are really original for locals, not the flood of shirts and pants that tourists love but no Thai would ever buy, which invade the shops in the "Historic Square." I stop in my tracks in front of a stall with beautiful shirts featuring stunning geometric patterns in elegant color combinations and very short sleeves. Hmm, these would be perfect for showing off my biceps, one of which is adorned with the magnificent Ganesh tattoo I got last year in Bali. "When you’ve got nice things, you’ve got to show them off!" he said. 😜🙏💪 I pick out two for 380 baht and negotiate them down to 300. But the seller won’t go any lower. I understand I’ve reached the limit of her commercial possibilities. Just as I’m leaving the shop, happy with my purchase, my ever-helpful inner voice, Petite Voix, suggests: - You didn’t try them on because you were too lazy to take off the one you’re wearing and also because of the sweat, but you could just put one on over the one you’re wearing. It’s light enough that it won’t bother you.
I go back to the two sellers, who burst out laughing when I ask to try them on. - Oh no, it’s way too small for you! It’s a women’s shirt! - But they don’t look particularly feminine in style! And I chose XXL... I put the shirt on, and of course, it won’t close. Then I notice the buttons are on the wrong side. That’s why the sleeves seemed so short!!! They put the shirts back on the rack and refund me without any fuss, commenting amid total hilarity: - Well, thank goodness you tried it on just as you were leaving the shop!
Since I don’t want to walk too much before tomorrow’s first Big Outing with the driver, I end my stroll with a visit to two very pretty temples recommended by Joël.
I’d rather not post more temple photos. But these ones smell like village and countryside...
I’ve never seen anything like Wat Ket Karam, so extravagant...
And I end my day with two other lesser-known temples: Wat Noung Kham, simple and finally free of gold and glitter,
and Wat Dap Phai, where an intimate ceremony is taking place at the end of the day.
This morning, I head to visit the ethnographic museum. I’d been told about another one, but it’s permanently closed. I wonder if it’s the same one that might have changed its name and location.
I thoroughly enjoy visiting this museum. At first, I’m a bit annoyed because the place is packed with noisy school groups blocking the display cases without even showing the slightest interest. But soon, their chaperones manage to lead them into another room, giving me some peace. They maintain this distance throughout the tour, allowing me to explore the museum in complete tranquility. I really appreciate their tact.
I’m amazed by the absolutely stunning fabric displays and the countless everyday objects, especially the very old pottery. There’s so much beautiful basketry and intricately carved wood. The statues are also incredible... After seeing all of them, I no longer feel like buying any from the shops.
On my way back, not far from my hotel, I discover a rather unique place that only serves one drink, which they’ve made their specialty: egg coffee! A pretty surprising novelty. I have to try it.
At the bottom of the cup, they pour a layer of milk, topped with a layer of liquid coffee, followed by a layer of egg yolk, and finally a top layer that turns out to be a mix of coffee and cocoa powder. It’s a cold drink that, in the end, doesn’t have much flavor, and the price is pretty steep for such a small cup. You’re paying for the exclusivity!
Later in the day, I venture once again into small alleys, something I love doing when exploring a new city—no specific goal, just wandering east of the city, outside the walls.
I encounter very few tourists there and discover unsuspected little shops overflowing with lovely items, much cheaper than what you find in the heart of the tourist district. Then I wander through the floors of Warorot Market. I discover another kind of temple there: the temple of good deals. I love finding clothes that are really original for locals, not the flood of shirts and pants that tourists love but no Thai would ever buy, which invade the shops in the "Historic Square." I stop in my tracks in front of a stall with beautiful shirts featuring stunning geometric patterns in elegant color combinations and very short sleeves. Hmm, these would be perfect for showing off my biceps, one of which is adorned with the magnificent Ganesh tattoo I got last year in Bali. "When you’ve got nice things, you’ve got to show them off!" he said. 😜🙏💪 I pick out two for 380 baht and negotiate them down to 300. But the seller won’t go any lower. I understand I’ve reached the limit of her commercial possibilities. Just as I’m leaving the shop, happy with my purchase, my ever-helpful inner voice, Petite Voix, suggests: - You didn’t try them on because you were too lazy to take off the one you’re wearing and also because of the sweat, but you could just put one on over the one you’re wearing. It’s light enough that it won’t bother you.
I go back to the two sellers, who burst out laughing when I ask to try them on. - Oh no, it’s way too small for you! It’s a women’s shirt! - But they don’t look particularly feminine in style! And I chose XXL... I put the shirt on, and of course, it won’t close. Then I notice the buttons are on the wrong side. That’s why the sleeves seemed so short!!! They put the shirts back on the rack and refund me without any fuss, commenting amid total hilarity: - Well, thank goodness you tried it on just as you were leaving the shop!
Since I don’t want to walk too much before tomorrow’s first Big Outing with the driver, I end my stroll with a visit to two very pretty temples recommended by Joël.
I’d rather not post more temple photos. But these ones smell like village and countryside...
I’ve never seen anything like Wat Ket Karam, so extravagant...
And I end my day with two other lesser-known temples: Wat Noung Kham, simple and finally free of gold and glitter,
and Wat Dap Phai, where an intimate ceremony is taking place at the end of the day.
What to choose for a first summer trip to Asia: Indonesia or Thailand?
Hi there,
I’m planning my first trip to Asia next summer with my partner and our daughter, who’ll be 3 and a half at the time, for 4 weeks (maybe 5).
I’ve heard that the timing is better for visiting Indonesia, but I’m hesitant because Thailand seems more accessible, and I’m worried that traveling to Indonesia during high season might be less enjoyable and a lot more expensive due to the number of tourists. We love cultural sites as much as natural ones, and we’re big foodies. We’re not necessarily looking for luxury and tend to take our time, travel by public transport, and look for accommodations with a good value for money—though we do occasionally splurge on a high-end restaurant.
I’m also wondering when and where to buy flight tickets and how comfortable the journey will be (especially for our daughter) if we fly with Thai Airways or Garuda.
Thanks in advance for sharing your thoughts and tips!
Damien
I’m planning my first trip to Asia next summer with my partner and our daughter, who’ll be 3 and a half at the time, for 4 weeks (maybe 5).
I’ve heard that the timing is better for visiting Indonesia, but I’m hesitant because Thailand seems more accessible, and I’m worried that traveling to Indonesia during high season might be less enjoyable and a lot more expensive due to the number of tourists. We love cultural sites as much as natural ones, and we’re big foodies. We’re not necessarily looking for luxury and tend to take our time, travel by public transport, and look for accommodations with a good value for money—though we do occasionally splurge on a high-end restaurant.
I’m also wondering when and where to buy flight tickets and how comfortable the journey will be (especially for our daughter) if we fly with Thai Airways or Garuda.
Thanks in advance for sharing your thoughts and tips!
Damien
Slovak travel journal
Hello and welcome aboard this travel journal.
We’re heading to Slovakia together!
Why this country?
After visiting Hungary, Slovenia, Romania, and Poland in recent years, I’ve fallen in love with Eastern European countries. I adore the Slavic soul, its Austro-Hungarian villages, the gentle landscapes, the Carpathian Mountains, and that slightly mysterious atmosphere.
Slovakia evokes a certain imagination with its deep forests, medieval castles, and cobbled villages.
After seeing photos of the High Tatras—especially Lake Štrbské Pleso and Spiš Castle—I thought, "Let’s do it! We’re going!"
So, will Slovakia live up to what I imagine?
We’ll find out together.
We decided to travel as a group of six (five adults and a six-year-old child), by car (we needed two).
Here’s the day-by-day itinerary for this family trip, which started with a 3-day stay in Vienna (see the dedicated travel journal):
The itinerary: Day 1: Drive from Vienna to Banská Štiavnica and visit the town, then drive to Handlová Day 2: Bojnice Castle, the village of Čičmany, and a walk in the treetops at Bojnice, return to Handlová Day 3: Depart for Orava, visit Orava Castle and the Orava Skansen, drive to Veľký Slavkov Day 4: Visit Slovak Paradise—its gorges, lakes, and ice cave—overnight in Veľký Slavkov Day 5: Visit Bardejov, the "Death Road," wooden churches, and Ľubovňa Castle, overnight in Veľký Slavkov Day 6: Walks and hikes in the High Tatras, Lake Štrbské Pleso, Solisko summit, treetop walk in Ždiar, overnight in Veľký Slavkov Day 7: Drive to Košice, visit Spiš Castle, Tokaj wine route in Veľká Trňa, overnight in Košice Day 8: Visit Košice, overnight in Košice Day 9: Drive to Bratislava, stop at the Aragonite Cave in the Slovak Karst, overnight in Bratislava Day 10: Visit Bratislava, overnight stay Day 11 and 12: Return to France
Budget: I’m giving prices for 2 adults / 1 child. Slovakia is more expensive than it seems, and some expenses shouldn’t be underestimated. Transportation: Tolls and gas from France: 500 € round trip Slovak vignette for one month: 17.10 € Gas is fixed at 1.49 € per liter (E10) Parking at sites (all paid by the day, even in the most remote villages, even if you stay for just an hour). Payment is often required in cash upon arrival: total 63 € We didn’t pay at Spiš (we arrived before the cashier) or Ľubovňa (we arrived after the cashier left). Parking at Orava Village was free. In Košice and Bratislava, we parked for free at our accommodations. Public transport in Bratislava and Košice: 1-1.2 € for a bus ticket. Vending machines are available at some stops; otherwise, buy via SMS (Slovak phones only) or official sales points.
Accommodation: We mostly chose houses so we could cook ourselves and save on food. I’ve rated our satisfaction with these accommodations from 1 to 5 stars. Padua: DC Hotel: 1 night, 77 € ***** Handlová: Chata Remata: 2 nights, 120 € ***** Veľký Slavkov: Aplend: 4 nights, 220 € ** Košice: Luxury Old Town Loft 320m²: 2 nights, 120 € ***** Bratislava: Hotel Viktor: 2 nights, 138 € *** Brescia: Hotel Antica Fonte: 1 night, 82 € ***** Total: 757 €
Food: Groceries at Lidl for 5 meals for 3: 100 € (really cheap) Restaurants: 10-15 € per dish, ice cream 1-2.4 € per scoop, crêpes 8-12 €, a glass of wine 6-10 €... total: 500 €
Visits: There are discounts for seniors and children, which is great. We spent nearly 600 € in total, which is a lot. However, it’s a cultural destination with many castles, museums, caves, wine cellars, and nature activities: cable cars, canopy walks, paid hikes (Slovak Paradise gorges)... In the end, this trip to Slovakia cost nearly 2500 € for 3. We also need to add the Vienna portion to that. Now, here’s the day-by-day account of this beautiful journey.
Why this country?
After visiting Hungary, Slovenia, Romania, and Poland in recent years, I’ve fallen in love with Eastern European countries. I adore the Slavic soul, its Austro-Hungarian villages, the gentle landscapes, the Carpathian Mountains, and that slightly mysterious atmosphere.
Slovakia evokes a certain imagination with its deep forests, medieval castles, and cobbled villages.
After seeing photos of the High Tatras—especially Lake Štrbské Pleso and Spiš Castle—I thought, "Let’s do it! We’re going!"
So, will Slovakia live up to what I imagine?
We’ll find out together.
We decided to travel as a group of six (five adults and a six-year-old child), by car (we needed two).
Here’s the day-by-day itinerary for this family trip, which started with a 3-day stay in Vienna (see the dedicated travel journal):
The itinerary: Day 1: Drive from Vienna to Banská Štiavnica and visit the town, then drive to Handlová Day 2: Bojnice Castle, the village of Čičmany, and a walk in the treetops at Bojnice, return to Handlová Day 3: Depart for Orava, visit Orava Castle and the Orava Skansen, drive to Veľký Slavkov Day 4: Visit Slovak Paradise—its gorges, lakes, and ice cave—overnight in Veľký Slavkov Day 5: Visit Bardejov, the "Death Road," wooden churches, and Ľubovňa Castle, overnight in Veľký Slavkov Day 6: Walks and hikes in the High Tatras, Lake Štrbské Pleso, Solisko summit, treetop walk in Ždiar, overnight in Veľký Slavkov Day 7: Drive to Košice, visit Spiš Castle, Tokaj wine route in Veľká Trňa, overnight in Košice Day 8: Visit Košice, overnight in Košice Day 9: Drive to Bratislava, stop at the Aragonite Cave in the Slovak Karst, overnight in Bratislava Day 10: Visit Bratislava, overnight stay Day 11 and 12: Return to France
Budget: I’m giving prices for 2 adults / 1 child. Slovakia is more expensive than it seems, and some expenses shouldn’t be underestimated. Transportation: Tolls and gas from France: 500 € round trip Slovak vignette for one month: 17.10 € Gas is fixed at 1.49 € per liter (E10) Parking at sites (all paid by the day, even in the most remote villages, even if you stay for just an hour). Payment is often required in cash upon arrival: total 63 € We didn’t pay at Spiš (we arrived before the cashier) or Ľubovňa (we arrived after the cashier left). Parking at Orava Village was free. In Košice and Bratislava, we parked for free at our accommodations. Public transport in Bratislava and Košice: 1-1.2 € for a bus ticket. Vending machines are available at some stops; otherwise, buy via SMS (Slovak phones only) or official sales points.
Accommodation: We mostly chose houses so we could cook ourselves and save on food. I’ve rated our satisfaction with these accommodations from 1 to 5 stars. Padua: DC Hotel: 1 night, 77 € ***** Handlová: Chata Remata: 2 nights, 120 € ***** Veľký Slavkov: Aplend: 4 nights, 220 € ** Košice: Luxury Old Town Loft 320m²: 2 nights, 120 € ***** Bratislava: Hotel Viktor: 2 nights, 138 € *** Brescia: Hotel Antica Fonte: 1 night, 82 € ***** Total: 757 €
Food: Groceries at Lidl for 5 meals for 3: 100 € (really cheap) Restaurants: 10-15 € per dish, ice cream 1-2.4 € per scoop, crêpes 8-12 €, a glass of wine 6-10 €... total: 500 €
Visits: There are discounts for seniors and children, which is great. We spent nearly 600 € in total, which is a lot. However, it’s a cultural destination with many castles, museums, caves, wine cellars, and nature activities: cable cars, canopy walks, paid hikes (Slovak Paradise gorges)... In the end, this trip to Slovakia cost nearly 2500 € for 3. We also need to add the Vienna portion to that. Now, here’s the day-by-day account of this beautiful journey.
Vaccines and treatments for Thailand
Hi there,
I’ve already visited quite a few countries across several continents, but I’m pretty new to Asia.
I’m planning a trip to Thailand in October or November, and I wanted to check about health precautions: malaria treatment, vaccinations (hepatitis A or others...). I’ll mostly be in the northern region, around Chiang Mai, where I’ll spend a lot of time in nature and the mountains. Then I’ll head south to Phuket or Krabi and visit Khao Sok National Park. I’ll finish up in Bangkok, with a likely detour to Kanchanaburi.
From what I understand, for a stay of less than 60 days, I don’t need a visa (I’m a French national)? I just need to fill out the TDAC form 3 to 5 days before arrival?
Thanks for your advice! Fred
I’ve already visited quite a few countries across several continents, but I’m pretty new to Asia.
I’m planning a trip to Thailand in October or November, and I wanted to check about health precautions: malaria treatment, vaccinations (hepatitis A or others...). I’ll mostly be in the northern region, around Chiang Mai, where I’ll spend a lot of time in nature and the mountains. Then I’ll head south to Phuket or Krabi and visit Khao Sok National Park. I’ll finish up in Bangkok, with a likely detour to Kanchanaburi.
From what I understand, for a stay of less than 60 days, I don’t need a visa (I’m a French national)? I just need to fill out the TDAC form 3 to 5 days before arrival?
Thanks for your advice! Fred
Namibia Travel Journal: May 2025 - Trip Review
NAMIBIA TRIP 2025: April 24 to May 20: Feel free to comment or ask us any questions about this amazing journey.
>> Find all our photos and videos for each day on our website here: www.montagne-aventure.net
**DAY 1: Thursday, April 24, 2025: Outbound Flights from Lyon to Windhoek via Munich - Visit to Munich:**
Off we go on a new adventure. The alarm rings at 6:30 AM, the travel bags are packed, and we head to Lyon Airport. We booked our flight tickets with Lufthansa. The first leg to Munich, Germany, is operated by AirBaltic. Departure at 1:05 PM for a 1-hour and 20-minute flight. We arrive at 2:30 PM.
**We now have a 7-hour layover, so we take the opportunity to get some fresh air and explore Munich.** We quickly exit Terminal 2 of the airport and head towards the subway. We buy a group day ticket "Airport-city Day Zone M-5," valid for 2 to 5 people at a price of 30.50 € (instead of 16.30 € per person). We take the S8 line to **Marienplatz** in 35 minutes. **This is the heart of the city.** The weather is overcast, quite cool, but dry. Perfect for a little city trip between two flights while leaving our large luggage in transit at the airport. **Munich is the third-largest German city after Berlin and Hamburg, in the Bavaria region.** **The center has a lot of charm and brings together several religious buildings, easy to explore on foot.** We are impressed by the number of people enjoying these 100% pedestrian streets, which are very pleasant. After Marienplatz, the most famous square with the town hall, we head to the Cathedral of Our Lady, a Gothic church, then continue to **Karlsplatz** and move on to **the food market offering a wide selection of high-end food products in an atmosphere where a certain art of living prevails.** We also visit St. Peter's Church before grabbing a bite to eat. Two good hours were enough for this 10 km city walk. It's time to take the subway back: by 6:30 PM, we are back at the airport. Now, it's time for a bit of waiting and rest. Our second flight is scheduled for 9:35 PM for a 9-hour and 30-minute journey to our final destination in Namibia: **Windhoek.**
> Round-trip flight tickets with Lufthansa from Lyon: 2029 €, or 1,014.50 € per person.
> Lyon Airport parking: 120 €
> Today's expenses: 7 € for 2 pizzas in France / 14 € for the restaurant in Munich / 30.50 € for the daily subway ticket in Munich.
**DAY 2: Friday, April 25, 2024: Arrival in Windhoek, Visit to the Namibian Capital:**
After a 9-hour and 30-minute overnight flight with Discover Airlines, we finally land on Namibian soil just before 7:30 AM. The day is breaking, and the colors are already stunning. We are eager despite the usual fatigue from the flight. The airline was punctual, with friendly staff and good meals, though a bit light. We are the first flight of the day to land, with no more than 15 flights per day here, from 7 AM to 8 PM. We disembark on the tarmac at this airport located in the middle of nowhere, **I finally set foot on African soil for the first time.** We exit among the first from the aircraft to go through the long formalities at the front of the line, as the wait can quickly become endless. Allow at least 5 minutes per person for e-visas. We still wait 45 minutes despite only about twenty people ahead of us. Phew, it's done. We collect our luggage and then withdraw money from an ATM. We make 4 withdrawals of the maximum amount, 2000 NAD $ per withdrawal, for a total of 380 €, or 95.33 € per withdrawal.
Our driver arrives at the same time, perfect timing, we were quick.
We leave the airport at 8:45 AM. By 9:30 AM, we arrive at the **Gracious Whisp vehicle rental agency**, located at the entrance of Windhoek, small and human-sized with a fleet of recent vehicles. More formalities, then a short wait as our vehicle is not yet ready. Time to decompress, catch our breath, and enjoy the very pleasant morning temperature. Not a cloud in sight. Next, a briefing on the vehicle, always with a bit of apprehension due to our approximate English. Allow 45 minutes of explanations, including setting up the roof tent, camping equipment, technical information in case of a flat tire, driving tips in Namibia, and a tour of the 4x4. We have all the necessary equipment for camping: mattresses, sleeping bags, pillows, table, chairs, gas stove, BBQ grill... as well as 2 spare tires, a compressor, a dual tank, and accessories for removing wheels. Off we go, it's time to muster our courage and get behind the wheel. **Heading to SuperSpar Maerua**, fortunately located less than 10 minutes away. We park with the help of a parking attendant; it's very crowded, the space is narrow, but everything goes well despite the cursed right-hand drive. Today's new mission: stock up on groceries. The store is well-stocked with local and imported products, catering to all tastes. We spend 114 € on groceries, from pasta to meat, BBQ lighters to dishwashing products. Two people load our groceries into two carts and transfer them to our vehicle; we feel compelled to leave a tip, 50 NAD $, as we don't have change yet. Now, we head to the hotel, 15 minutes away. Traffic is difficult at a complicated intersection; this will likely be the only traffic jam in Namibia. **We arrive at Kate's Nest Guesthouse & Backpackers around 1:15 PM, quite tired.** We take some well-deserved rest at this recent establishment, quite calm with secure private parking. After a short nap, we enjoy the quiet by the hotel pool. Night falls between 6:30 PM and 7 PM. We eat quietly in our room tonight before starting this long 4x4 road trip in camping mode in the heart of Namibia.
> Today's grocery expenses: 114 € at Super Spar Marua (2395.21 NAD $).
> Round-trip flight tickets with Lufthansa from Lyon: 2029 €, or 1,014.50 € per person.
> Vehicle rental: 4x4 Toyota with roof tent for 24 days: Gracious Whisp Car Rentals: 2,638 € (N$50,640) or **1,319 €** per person - (https://gwcarrentals.com/)
> Distance driven today: 15 km.
> Accommodation: Kate's Nest Guesthouse & Backpackers - 4 Aristotles Street Academia, 9000 Windhoek - 36 € for two for one night.
> Windhoek International Airport website: (https://www.airports.com.na/)
**DAY 3: Saturday, April 26, 2025: Windhoek to Hardap: Mariental Region - Kalahari Desert:**
After a good, restful night, we wake up leisurely around 7 AM. We enjoy the comfort provided by this first and last hotel before 24 nights under the tent.
**We leave Kate's Nest Guesthouse at 8:30 AM to tackle the Namibian roads.** We quickly leave the capital; in just 30 minutes, we find ourselves almost alone in the world. The landscape is dotted with small domes. We leave the **paved B1** quickly to turn left onto the **C15**. **From there, we won't see more than 10 vehicles all day.** After passing through the few houses of **Lekkerwaterpoort**, we tackle our first gravel road. These road sections are limited to 100 km/h, but even at 70 km/h, I find it already challenging. However, I quickly get used to it and gradually pick up speed to reach my cruising speed of around 80 to 90 km/h. **We are on immense straight lines crossing wild expanses as far as the eye can see.** **We come across two baboons, a few ostriches, and numerous cattle and sheep farms.** We pass through the charming village of **Uhlenhorst** with its typical houses and children with broad smiles waving at us. Life here is already very different from Windhoek. **The thermometer rises quickly from 16°C at 8:30 AM to over 28°C in the early afternoon.**
**We arrive at the Hardap Dam reserve at 2 PM.** We stop at the toll booth at the park entrance to pay the entrance fee: 250 NAD $ for 2 people and 1 vehicle. We continue to the dam and then the camp entrance, located a bit further. We had booked in advance, but this place remains little frequented by foreigners.
We take advantage of the hottest hours to rest by the large pool overlooking the immense lake, a very enjoyable moment. Would this be a bit of a vacation?
Around 4:30 PM, we head to the campsite. We overlook this vast water reserve. We arrive first; we will be only 3 vehicles spending the night here. It's time to get to work and set up our equipment for the first time. It takes us a good 20 minutes to set everything up, with a slight apprehension about unfolding the tent. Once this task is done, which we will have to repeat for almost a month, we will become much more efficient over time. Time for rest and contemplation in total silence. The sun gradually sets, and the heat quickly becomes bearable again. Bliss! **This dam is located 20 km northwest of Mariental in an area dotted with conical hills topped with dolerite buttons (Hardap means "hillock" in Nama). It captures the Fish River, which flows south, creating a large lake in the middle of an arid environment. The contrast is striking.** We enjoy our first sunset facing this 360° otherworldly landscape.
Around 7 PM, we start our first BBQ, or "braai" as it's called here. The temperature is perfect. The sun sets, giving way to a star-filled sky of incredible beauty thanks to the absence of any light pollution. The Milky Way will lull us throughout the evening. After some good sausages and potatoes on the BBQ, we head to our roof tent around 9:30 PM with a complete change of scenery in just 24 hours. France already seems so far away...
This campsite has shared showers and toilets, quite clean and functional, as well as a central area with several BBQs and tables. The sites are arranged in a semicircle, each with an electrical outlet. The sites are close to each other but spacious, some slightly shaded. We are only three vehicles tonight, so it's perfectly comfortable and quiet. Not to mention the large pool near the restaurant. Our trip is off to a great start.
> Today's road itinerary: Windhoek > Head south on the B1 to Rehoboth > Turn left onto the C25 then C15 to Stampriet > C20 to Hardap > Full north on the B1 > Then turn left onto the M93 - 5 hours of driving.
> Distance driven today: 354 km.
> Accommodation: Hardap Recreation Resort - 23.3 € for two - Large pool - GR6W+3M2, Hardap Game Reserve, Mariental, Namibia - (http://www.nwr.com.na/resorts/hardap-resort/)
**DAY 4: Sunday, April 27, 2025: Hardap - Brukkaros Volcano - Keetmanshoop - Quivertree Forest Rest Camp**
Our first night under the tent was very pleasant; the little wind quickly calmed down, giving way to absolute silence. The mattress is decent, more comfortable than some nights in Nepal. The length and width give us enough space for maximum comfort, despite my height (1.91 m). We wake up a little before 7 AM as the sun rises, and the lights dazzle us from the start of the day. We pack up the equipment in 30 minutes, quite easily. Then we enjoy the sun, which warms up quickly while we keep our light fleece on.
At 8:30 AM, **we hit the road again, heading south** to our first stop in **Mariental**. We want to do some shopping at SuperSpar, but once we arrive in the parking lot, a young local is fighting with the supermarket security guards and then threatens to throw stones. We don't want to take any risks right at the start, so despite the baton blows he receives, he doesn't stop. We leave empty-handed but fill up with fuel at the Shell station 1 km further. The price per liter is 21.33 NAD $, we fill our 107-liter tank for 107 €. In Namibia, you get served, and they bring the card machine to the window to pay. It's then customary to leave a tip.
We then take the B1 heading due south on a recently renovated road. Around 11:30 AM, we leave it on our right to take **a wild gravel road, the M98**. Just before **Berseba**, we turn right onto a small track, the **D3904 towards Brukkaros Crater up to a camp at 1588 m altitude**. The track then becomes too bumpy. We stop on the counter-slopes where **a wide panorama unfolds over these immense plains as far as the eye can see**. It's 12:15 PM, time for us to eat a rice and tuna salad facing this landscape.
**We are alone in the world until a vehicle arrives and parks next to us.** A bit of apprehension, 4 men head towards us. It turns out to be 4 shepherds looking for a lost foal. The conversation is pleasant, lost in the middle of nowhere. We find ourselves alone again in this absolute silence. **The heat becomes stifling with a good 30°C**. We get back on the road around 1 PM. Back on the B1, **we continue due south to Keetmanshoop**, which we reach around 3 PM. We stop there to do some shopping for 262 NAD $ (12 eggs, a can of tuna, a can of corn, bread, a soda, and a 5-liter water container), or 12.48 €. Two quite insistent children ask us for money or candy at the store exit, yet we give them a small tip, but they continue to cling to the car. Locals parked next to us tell them to leave us alone. Anyway, we finish the trip to **Quivertree Forest**, 15 km away. We will spend the night in this **pleasant farm run by a German**. Upon arrival, as the day before, and as I suppose in the future, we dive straight into the cool pool to relax after all these kilometers. A bliss. Then we take our 4x4 and choose a spot near these famous trees. After the 33°C this afternoon, once 4 PM passed, the temperature drops again and becomes very pleasant. **We are in the middle of the Kokerboom, one of the most interesting and characteristic plants of hot and arid regions. It's not really a tree but a variant of the aloe plant whose botanical name is Aloe Dichotoma. This Kokerboom has a smooth and thick trunk reaching up to 1 m in thickness and 9 m in height. They bloom for the first time at the age of 20 to 30 years.** The flowers are yellow and reach about thirty centimeters during the season between June and July. **They grow mainly in an environment with a high concentration of black rocks absorbing a large amount of heat (38°C). The rocks also serve to anchor the tree with its tentacle-like roots. It also resists frost. Each is between 200 and 300 years old.**
Around 5 PM, we walk to the farm reception to watch the feeding of **two cheetahs**. Magnificent carnivores taking their time to savor their piece of meat. **Then we return near our campsite to enjoy the sunset among these trees. The colors are sublime, as every evening apparently. A magnificent spectacle with colors evolving from yellow to orange then to pink, before giving way once again to a sky filled with thousands of stars.** Our campsite at Quiver Tree Forest Camp is very comfortable; we have a water supply, a stone table, a small lamp, an electrical outlet, a small tree for shade, and a BBQ that we won't use tonight; we'll cook on gas. The sites are far apart, with some shared facilities scattered around, a very beautiful setting. No reservation possible, no need, just show up directly. **The campsite accommodation for 2 people costs 28 €, including the reserve entrance fee of 5 €**. We finish this second bivouac evening around 9:30 PM, time for some reading and sleep in peaceful silence without wind.
> Today's road itinerary: Mariental > B1 heading south to Brukkaros > At Tses turn right towards Berseba via the M98 > Turn right onto the D3904 > 8 km > Brukkaros Volcano (stop at the lower camp as the track is difficult for 1 hour) > Keetmanshoop > Turn left onto the M29 > Quivertree Forest - 4 hours of driving.
> Distance driven today: 371 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries for 12.48 € (262 NAD $) / Fuel for 107 € (1 liter of diesel for 21.33 NAD $).
> Accommodation: Quivertree Forest Rest Camp, P.O. Box 262, Keetmanshoop, Namibia - BBQ, hot showers, toilets, and electricity - No reservation - Pool - 18 €/Person (N$ 340.00 with park entrance) - (http://www.quivertreeforest.com/)
**DAY 5: Monday, April 28, 2025: Quivertree Forest Rest Camp - Giant's Playground - Keetmanshoop - Fish River Canyon - Canyon Roadhouse:**
After an excellent start to the night, we are woken up by the wind shortly before 6 AM, but the sunrise is not far off. We get up at 6:30 AM to enjoy it. The atmosphere is a bit cooler this morning, but the reward is already here.
The adventure continues. At 7:45 AM, we head towards **Giant's Playground**, 4 km away. We take a 3-kilometer walk through this expanse of blocks and igneous rocks.
We continue south at 8:45 AM, passing through Keetmanshoop again where we do some shopping for 25 €, a big stock-up for a good part of the trip: meats, canned goods, pasta, fruits... At 9:30 AM, we take the B4 to Fish River Canyon.
At 11:30 AM, we arrive at the entrance to the NWR park (350 NAD $ entrance for 2 people and 1 vehicle). The track becomes bumpy immediately upon entering the park. After about ten kilometers, we come upon this landscape carved by nature. In the end, it's well worth the detour. We were at the Grand Canyon in the USA exactly (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/2024/04/29/j21-3-juin-2024-grand-canyon-et-lac-powell/) and can thus confirm that this Fish River Canyon is comparable. We make several stops along the southern flank. **Here, nothing is developed; nature is almost in the wild state.** **With 160 km in length, up to 27 km in width, and a depth of 150 m, it is indeed the second-largest canyon in the world.** The history of the canyon is apparent in its different earth layers and stratification: the antiquity of the place is tangible, and the absence of vegetation is surprising. **It consists of two nested canyons, formed at distinct periods. The first distinct layer of schist, sandstone, and eruptive material surrounding the canyon was formed a few two billion years ago, then transformed due to heat and pressure into more solid rock such as gneiss. The inner canyon, carved more recently by the Fish River, has a depth of 270 m.**
We have a picnic once again alone in the world facing this grand panorama at the **Sulphur Spring View Point**. This is where the hiking trail begins, plunging into this narrow canyon, but it is forbidden to venture there alone without a guide. It's 30°C, but a slight wind makes the atmosphere bearable. At 1 PM, we retrace our steps and continue to the **Main View Point** then to the **Hikers View Point**.
In the south of Namibia, the Fish River Canyon, 160 km long, is a true geological wonder: a canyon nested within another canyon, one of the largest in the world. The first sedimentary layers formed two billion years ago; 500 million years ago, a period of tectonic activity caused these layers to crack and tilt, opening a vast canyon in the Earth's crust. The second canyon, with a depth of 270 m, was carved over time by the passage of the Fish River in this new valley.
At 3 PM, we arrive at our very charming camp for the evening, the **Canyon Road House**. We fill up with fuel right away because tomorrow we have a long day of isolated driving: 55 liters for 1240 NAD $. Then we settle into the campsite we had previously reserved in France. We are assigned site 2, very well set up under a tree with its BBQ and stone table just steps from the pool. We quickly set up the tent and jump straight into the pool for the relaxation moment of the day. As usual, the water is quite cool, but it's a real pleasure. Then we stroll around this Canyon Road House, which recreates the atmosphere of the roadside inns of the 1950s with old car wrecks and vintage gas pumps in a bygone era. **Around 5:45 PM, we start a short walk leading us to the top of a hill overlooking the wide plateau where we are to watch the sunset.**
And finally, to end this beautiful day, it's time for the braai, with grilled sausages and white beans on the evening menu.
> Park entrance: 150 DN/person + 50 DN/vehicle (18 € for two). It is possible to enter at two access points: Hobas in the north and Ai-Ais in the south.
> Today's road itinerary: M29 > Keetmanshoop > B1 > B4 > C12 (track) > After Holoog turn right onto the D601 (C37 track) > Accommodation on our right (stop just to check in before 6 PM) > Continue 30 km (30 minutes of track) to the viewpoints after Hobas where you must pay the entrance fee. Sunset View Point to the left > Return before sunset as the park closes (best lights at sunrise). 3 hours.
> Distance driven today: 228 km.
> Distance walked today: 10 km.
> Today's expenses: 25 € for groceries / 17 € for the Fish River Canyon park entrance / 58 € for fuel.
> Accommodation: Canyon Roadhouse, Gondwana Collection Namibia – 34.4 € for two - Pool - Near Hobas - (http://www.gondwana-collection.com/fr/accommodation/canyon-road-campsite)
**DAY 6: Tuesday, April 29, 2025: Canyon Roadhouse - Orange River - South African Border - Vista Trail - Gondwana Sperrgebiet Park - Aus:**
The night was excellent in this very comfortable campsite. **We wake up to the sound of birds** before the alarm at 6:45 AM. Our little morning routine starts as the sun rises. **A big day of driving awaits us to the South African border. This will be the southernmost point of our journey.** We hit the road at 8 AM via the C37, pass through **Hobas**, then turn onto the D207 to **Aussenkehr.** **We cross a mountainous barrier with some high peaks and perfect cones. The rock varies from orange to pink to black.**
We then cross a lunar desert as far as the eye can see on a giant dome; the track winds through nowhere without meeting anyone for hours. The landscapes are surprising. **We spot several ostriches and a gemsbok.** In the middle of this endless expanse, we come to an improbable intersection and continue right onto the D278.
In the middle of these arid lands, we come across a green zone: a vast vineyard. At 10:30 AM, **we come across a "Road closed" sign, fortunately, a local resident waves us to continue; a bit stressed, we proceed.** We start to follow the beautiful Orange River. On the other side of the bank, just a few meters away, South Africa is there. It is the second-longest river in Southern Africa, after the Zambezi. It flows over 2,000 km to the Atlantic. After passing through narrow gorges, we regain altitude before starting the descent, gently heading back north.
**We now cross and follow the Fish River, which joins the Orange River further south** **along this gorge dating back millennia.** At exactly noon, we take a lunch break by the Fish River, still without meeting a soul in this landscape between greenery and aridity. The temperature here is cooler with a pleasant 23°C on the banks, the perfect spot. **We continue on the track to Rosh Pinah**, where we find a paved road again. **The section along the Orange River and the Fish River was officially closed, but we were able to pass without any issues, avoiding a detour of at least 3 hours.** Phew. We now drive at high speed (limited to 120 km/h) through these vast spaces. We come across many ostriches after the **dozens of monkeys along the Fish River**. Around 3 PM, 3 km after the very small town of **Aus**, we reach **our campsite for the evening at Klein Aus Vista**. A new **small peaceful haven very well set up**. As usual, after checking in at reception, we jump straight into the beautiful pool to get our well-deserved dose of coolness, another good thermal shock that our bodies appreciate. Once this moment of relaxation is over, we take our 4x4 to reach the campsite located a bit higher, set apart at the foot of a hill that overlooks us.
After setting up, **around 5 PM, we head to the Vista Trail to climb to the top of a mountain overlooking the vast plain that surrounds us at 360°**. It takes about 30 minutes to climb. The place is just magical, **the perfect viewpoint to admire the sunset**. **We fully savor the moment. We also spot one of the few wild horses in the world capable of living in the desert.** Their numbers have decreased in recent years due to predation and drought (around 100 to 150). At 7 PM, we return to the camp, time for the braai and preparing the meal in this peaceful little camp.
In the south of Namibia, the Fish River Canyon, 160 km long, is a true geological wonder: a canyon nested within another canyon, one of the largest in the world. The first sedimentary layers formed two billion years ago; 500 million years ago, a period of tectonic activity caused these layers to crack and tilt, opening a vast canyon in the Earth's crust. The second canyon, with a depth of 270 m, was carved over time by the passage of the Fish River in this new valley.
> Today's road itinerary: 5 hours of driving: D324 heading south (track) > turn right onto the C10 (track) > D316 heading south > turn right onto the C13 > In Aus turn left onto the B4 > Campsite via a track on the left.
> Fuel station: Solitaire or Aus.
> Distance driven today: 398 km.
> Distance walked today: 7 km.
> Accommodation: Klein-Aus Vista Desert Horse Campsite - Farm Klein-Aus No 8 on the B4 main road to Luederitz Aus 9000, Aus, Namibia - (http://www.klein-aus-vista.com/accommodation/desert-horse-campsite/) 17908 420 DN - Water + Shared shower (hot water). No electricity.
**DAY 7: Wednesday, April 30, 2025: Aus - Kolmanskop - Diaz Point - Luderitz - Kanaan Desert:**
We wake up around 6:45 AM, with partly cloudy weather for once; we feel the ocean's influence gradually. But the sun isn't far off. At 7 AM, we leave the campsite heading west towards Luderitz via the B4. **First stop of the day: Kolmanskop, the ghost town we reach at 8:30 AM**, entry costs 180 NAD $ per person. We discover this **timeless place** in 1.5 hours, moving from building to building amidst violent sand-laden gusts of wind. There's a lot of charm in these different living spaces. **The sand quickly reclaimed the place after this mining town was abandoned.** This was once the headquarters of Consolidated Diamond Mines. It's hard to believe that this former town, where the diamond industry once flourished, had a hospital, a bowling alley, and a theater. The decline in diamond sales after World War II and the discovery of richer deposits put an end to this golden age. By 1956, the town was already completely deserted, and the sand had reclaimed its rights. **These dilapidated buildings swallowed by shifting dunes have something surreal about them.**
At 10:15 AM, we hit the road again **heading to Luderitz, 22 km away**, and first to **Diaz Point** **facing the Atlantic Ocean**. It's a wind-swept peninsula with its characteristic red and white lighthouse. There's a campsite and a coffee shop on site, but the place doesn't inspire rest without shade or shelter from the wind. We return to the city via the D701 track that runs along the ocean, be careful at low tide. We come across **a few fishermen and a fox as well as flamingos.**
We walk through the few streets of the city, much smaller than I imagined, then climb to the **famous little Lutheran church that overlooks the city, the Felsenkirchr.** **The wind blows very strongly here, and the sand is omnipresent, surrounded by the Namib Desert and the southern Atlantic coast.** **A German colonial relic barely touched by the 21st century, Luderitz seems frozen in the past, giving it both a gloomy and a certain charm. In short, it's certainly one of the most incongruous places in Africa.**
At 1:15 PM, just before leaving Luderitz, we do some shopping for 20.50 € and fill up with fuel: 61.50 €, 1290 NAD $ for 61 liters (21.18 $ per liter).
**We return via the B4 to Aus** (paved), **then via rougher tracks**, the C13 then the D707, magnificent as it runs along a mountain range with multiple colors on our right and an endless flat desert on the other side.
To access our campsite for the evening, we must take a **narrow private track for 7 km** on our right to emerge, in this total vastness, at the **isolated Kanaan Desert Retreat on a small hill**. I don't have time today to jump into the pool near the reception; we arrive at 5 PM at 8 small, isolated, and unique sites with a small kitchen, a shower, and a private toilet under a small tarp shelter. **A crazy charm with a unique view...** **This will be my favorite accommodation of this trip. The photos speak for themselves.** We jump into the outdoor shower while savoring the landscape, then prepare our evening braai while enjoying the colors fading, facing this plateau with bushes turning a vivid orange. **A moment that will remain etched for life.** **Savanna atmosphere under a thin emerging moon. Every minute offers different colors. Facing our meal, we have a natural giant screen.**
We end this day contemplating the stars and admire this thin orange moon setting on the horizon (8:42 PM).
**Ghost town just before Luderitz: Kolmanskop** (open from 8 AM to 3 PM - N$ 180 p.p – 9 €). Once, Kolmanskoppe was organized around diamond mining. After finding new, more prolific spots, the town was abandoned and is now a ghost town. The sand and dunes have reclaimed their rights and buried everything humans had built. Houses, train station, bakery, everything has been covered by sand, which passes through the windows, even though they are 1 meter high.
> Today's road itinerary: 5h30: B4 to Luderitz (paved) > Round trip > Kolmanskop on the left > Return via the previous campsite > Then C13 (track) > Turn left D707 (track) > Then track to the right to the campsite.
> Distance driven today: 438 km.
> Distance walked today: 8 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries at the Spar in Luderitz for 20.50 € / Fuel fill-up in Luderitz for 61.50 €.
> Official Kolmanskop website: (https://kolmanskuppe.com) (open from 8 AM to 1 PM - N$ 180 p.p – 9 €).
> Accommodation: Night at the south of the Namibrand Nature Reserve: Kanaan Desert Retreat – 26.5 € for two - (http://www.kanaannamibia.com/) - Farm 104 Karas 9000 - Sanitary facilities + BBQ + Water + Pool - No electricity - My favorite accommodation of this trip.
**DAY 8: Thursday, May 1, 2025: Kanaan Desert Retreat - Namib Desert - Crossing the Namibrand Nature Reserve – Sesriem Canyon - Elim Dune - Little Sossus Lodge**
After a cooler night than the previous ones with about 10°C, we wake up around 7 AM. We admire, as usual, the sunrise between the desert and the mountains. **The spot from last night was truly perfect, isolated from the world, in total serenity, with a wake-up call to the sound of birds.**
We hit the road a little after 8 AM, heading north via the D707 to Spes Bona, then the gravel road C27 via Betta to Sesriem. **The landscapes roll by and dazzle us.** **We are right in the heart of the Namibrand reserve**, coming across numerous **zebras**, **impalas**, **ruminants that reproduce in large numbers**, and **gemsboks**. At noon, we stop in the shade of a tree to eat. The spot is so romantic facing orange arid mountains and a vast green plateau. **A landscape full of contrasts, timeless and silent.**
**The Namib Desert is the oldest on the planet; its name means "vast arid plain," and it also gave its name to the entire country: Namibia.** The majority of these arid and semi-arid lands dotted with viewpoints are part of the Namib-Naukluft National Park, which covers 23,000 km².
At 1 PM, we enter the Sossusvlei park. We start with the **Sesriem Canyon**, which is 3 km long and 30 m deep. We enter it with a short 1-hour hike into its depths. **It was carved by the Tsauchab River in an agglomerate of sand and pebbles over 15 million years old.** We retrace our steps back to Sesriem, which means "six belts," referring to the number of leather belts (from ox wagons) needed to draw water from the canyon. This remote locality is mainly the gateway to Sossusvlei but offers a gas station and some accommodations. For our part, we sleep 40 km away tonight.
**We then move on to Elim Dune.** It takes about 45 minutes of walking to reach its summit, and the climb is very breath-taking as we progress in the sand where we almost slide back with each step. **A first grand 360° panorama unfolds. The ochre color of the sand contrasts completely with the yellow plain and the brown and black mountains in the distance.**
At 3:15 PM, we start the descent facing Sesriem. We were completely alone once again on this dune. **These Namib dunes are composed of colored quartzite sand, presenting hues ranging from cream to orange and from red to purple. Unlike the ancient dunes of the Kalahari, these move with the wind and adopt distinct, ever-changing shapes.** Star dunes resemble stars seen from above, while transverse dunes, like those on the coast south of Walvis Bay, stand perpendicular to the prevailing southwest wind. The most stable dunes, which thus have the most vegetation, are parabolic dunes, due to the variability of the winds. Longitudinal (seif) dunes measure up to 100 m in height, while barchan dunes, crescent-shaped and predominant at the extreme north of the Skeleton Coast and south of Luderitz, are the most mobile, created by unidirectional winds.
**We get back on the road for 45 minutes to our campsite for the evening, Little Sossus, which we reach at 5 PM**, via C27 then right onto C19. As often upon our arrival, I jump into the cool pool to relax after all this driving, then we proceed to set up the camp. As the day before, the campsite consists of 10 fairly distant sites, with private sanitary facilities and a small roof. We are delighted with this crazy charm. The hot water for our shower is wood-heated: a Namibian lights it every evening around 5 PM.
For a change, or not, the menu features a small BBQ with pork ribs and pasta, facing another sunset, this time with partial cloud cover giving equally splendid colors. Time for a well-deserved rest after long corrugated tracks covered in our 4x4 today.
> Today's road itinerary: 4h45 of driving: Find the D707 and head north (track) > At Spesbona turn left onto the C27 (track) > At Sesriem after entering the park, turn left following View Point Sesriem > Continue 4.5 km to the Sesriem Canyon Parking > Return then head towards Elim Dune > Exit the park then take the D826 > Turn right onto the C19 heading SE > Turn right facing the D854 to the campsite (campsite closes at 7 PM).
> Distance driven today: 272 km.
> Distance walked today: 8 km.
> Today's expenses: Entry to the Sossusvlei Namib-Naukluft Park: 17 € for two (with one car).
> Accommodation: Little Sossus Lodge – 35 € for two - At the junction of the C19 and D854 roads Maltahohe 9000, Maltahohe, Namibia - (http://www.littlesossus.net/) - Pool + Private bathroom + Hot water + Electricity + BBQ + Grocery store (bread to order the day before).
**DAY 9: Friday, May 2, 2025: Little Sossus Lodge - Namib-Naukluft National Park – Sesriem - Sossusvlei - Big Daddy – Deadvlei - Tsauchab River Camp**
Today we start the day early to tackle **the famous dunes of Sossusvlei at first light**. The alarm goes off at 6 AM to leave the camp at 6:45 AM. The wind is blowing quite strongly in gusts this morning, but it only woke us up a quarter of an hour before sunrise. The park opens at 7:15 AM. We start with a small encounter: a friendly **jackal lounging by the roadside.**
We first have to cover the 40 km of track to Sesriem, pay the entrance fee (350 NAD $), and drive 65 km on a paved road this time to reach the **vast salt pan (a lake whose sediments are made of salts) of Sossusvlei**. **It appears amidst the gigantic red dunes that rise on either side. The wind constantly changes the shape of the dunes, as well as their colors, which vary with the light. The setting is breathtaking, giving an impression of immensity and timeless grandeur.**
The paved road ends; the last 4 kilometers become technical and are reserved for 4x4s. Phew, I pass without any problems, though not without stress, switching to L4 mode. **We start the ascent to Big Daddy at 8:45 AM, 325 m of elevation gain in the sand nonetheless.** We climb at an excellent speed despite the strong wind, in exactly 1 hour. At 9:45 AM, we are at the summit of what will remain etched for a long time. The 360° view is simply unimaginable; you have to experience it to believe it. The wind blows violently up there, **it feels like being in the high mountains, on a snow ridge, with a strong transport of sand. The atmosphere is magical.** We start the descent running barefoot in the steep sand.
**We then move on to its neighbor, Deadvlei.** **Here, petrified trees stand in the "vlei" (basin) with their dried branches casting desolate shadows on the white ground. The juxtaposition of the deep blue sky and the towering dunes is captivating.**
We return to the 4x4 parking at 11 AM, the stress rises again for the sandy track passage. We retrace our steps and stop at **Dune 45**.
At noon, we take the opportunity to picnic at the foot of **the beautiful Dune 40**, where there is already no one left. We enjoy the quiet again, well, almost, as the wind remains omnipresent.
At 1 PM, we return to **Sesriem**, where we fill up with fuel (21.15 NAD $ per liter), totaling 1630 for 77 liters (78 €), and do some shopping for 245 NAD $ (two nice pieces of pork, 2 cans, 2 sandwiches for tomorrow, and 1 soda), which is 12.48 €. It's 27°C. We hit the road again, heading to a new destination at 2 PM. We take the C19 back to Little Sossus where we spent the night, then turn left onto the gravel road D854 for about 40 km to **Tsauchab River camp**. Finally, we won't be sleeping here; we are redirected 7 km downstream to **Naukluft View Camp**, which also belongs to Tsauchab River Camp.
We arrive at 4 PM, and thankfully, the fatigue was starting to set in. **Our campsite is located under a small forest, providing some protection from the wind that blew strongly all day. The calm does us a world of good. Once again, a lot of charm**, with very spaced-out sites without any visibility. We can't wait to take our shower. It will be possible from 5 PM with, as the day before, water heated by a wood fire. Time to prepare the campsite for the night. And on the menu, a braai with two superb pieces of pork bought in Sesriem and fries!!!!
**The Namib Desert**
An impressive coastal desert stretching from the Atlantic to a high plateau inland, the narrow Namib Desert runs along the southwest African coast for about 1,300 km. **Considered one of the oldest deserts in the world**, it is bordered to the north by the Kaokoland Desert, which extends into Angola, and to the south by South Africa's Karoo. The narrow Namib is mostly less than 160 km wide. Despite this, it is considered to consist of three sections: the coastal strip influenced by the Atlantic; the Outer Namib, occupying what remains of the western half; and the Inner Namib, comprising the eastern half of the desert. Generally called the Skeleton Coast, the coastal Namib receives almost no rain and depends on regular marine fogs for moisture. From sea level, the terrain rises to 900 m, where the desert meets the base of the Great Escarpment to the east. In the Inner Namib, average annual rainfall is only about 50 mm.
The dryness is such a characteristic of the Namib that it is thought to have been in this arid state for at least 55 million years. It is all the more surprising to learn that animals such as vipers, geckos, zebras, and elephants live in this desert. Some areas of the Namib are also rich in flora, including Welwitschia mirabilis, which grows near the ground with seemingly exhausted leaves, extracting moisture from marine fogs and can live over 1,000 years. In the southern Namib, some dunes are up to 32 km long and 240 m high.
**The frequent fog of the Skeleton Coast:** Driving north along the coast of Namibia, the cold Benguela Current in the Atlantic cools the moist air above the ocean, which, upon meeting the warm desert air, leads to the formation of thick fog banks that drift up to 100 km into the center of the Namib before evaporating under the sun.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of driving: C19 towards Sesriem (track) > D826 (paved) > Foot of Big Daddy via a technical sandy track > Return via the same route > D854 to Tsauchab.
> Gas station: Sesriem.
> Distance driven today: 254 km.
> Distance walked today: 12 km.
> Today's expenses: Park entry at Sesriem for 2 people: 17 € / Fuel fill-up: 78 € / Groceries at Sesriem gas station: 12 € (245 NAD $).
> Accommodation: Tsauchab River Camp - Naukluft View Camp - D054 & D850 GPS: S24 26' 37" E16 10' 11" Sossusvlei 22007, Maltahohe, Namibia - BBQ + Private sanitary facilities + Water - www.tsauchab.com
**DAY 10: Saturday, May 3, 2025: Tsauchab River Camp - Naukluft National Park - Olive Trail Hike (10 km) - Ababis Guest Farm**
We pack up the camp at 8 AM and continue our road trip north via the D854, a bumpy track with many corrugated sections. It's cool this morning, 12°C.
**We enter the Naukluft massif, discovering landscapes with very different terrain than before.** We first need to check in at the campsite, 13 km from the entrance at the end of the track: 350 NAD $ for 2 people and 1 vehicle, then return 4 km back. **On the agenda is the lovely Olive Trail, a 10 km hiking loop that starts 4 km northwest of the park office**, along the D854 that we follow. At 9:45 AM, the hike begins with a fairly steep ascent (about 45 minutes) among the **wild olive trees** from which the trail gets its name. **At the summit, we enjoy a view that embraces the Naukluft Valley.** We then turn east and gradually descend into a deep valley, passing over sometimes slippery rocks. We have a snack around 11:30 AM in these small gorges. **Further on, to cross the wall of a canyon in front of us, some chains are fixed to the rock to help us pass.** We finish this superb loop clockwise at 1:15 PM, taking 3.5 hours including 30 minutes of breaks. We only crossed a small group of 3 people on this wild adventure far from everything. At 1:45 PM, we exit the park and take the **D854 track north to Bullsport**. From there, we turn left and take the C14, which **runs along the bed of the Tsondab River.**
**We arrive at our campsite for the evening, Ababis Guest Farm, at 3 PM.** Quite early for once, allowing us to rest a bit in this peaceful farm where many sheep wander around us. We also enjoy the pool under a magnificent sun, less hot than the previous days, it's 22°C. The camp has only 4 spaced-out sites around shared sanitary facilities. **We are in the middle of a vast plain facing the Naukluft massif mountains.** We will have another beautiful sunset on these mountains. For the first time on this trip, **we will be completely alone at this campsite.** **We haven't encountered many people today**, just 3 during the hike and fewer than 10 vehicles all day.
> Today's road itinerary: Head north on the D854 (track) > Turn left to enter the Naukfluft National Park > Continue on the track then turn right to the Olive Trail hike parking lot (1 hour for 45 km). Return to the D854 and continue north > At Bullsport turn left onto the C14 to Ababis (still a track) > The camp is located on the left facing the D1261 (1 hour for 60 km from Olive Trail). Total: 2 hours of driving for 100 km.
> Gas station: No gas station on the route, except in Solitaire.
> Distance driven today: 115 km.
> Distance walked today: 13 km.
> Accommodation: Ababis Gaestefarm - Night booked by email – payment on site: (https://www.ababis-gaestefarm.de/) - P.O.Box 1004, Maltahöhe - N$ 300.00 per person
**DAY 11: Sunday, May 4, 2025: Ababis Gaestefarm - Namib-Naukluft National Park – Solitaire - Gaub Pass - Kuiseb Canyon - Moon Landscape - Walvis Bay**
The night was, for the first time since the start of this road trip, quite difficult. A strong wind accompanied us all night, making the tent flap constantly. A racket that drove us crazy. We still managed to sleep a few hours. The morning sun brings back our smiles. We hit the road for this new stage a little before 7:45 AM.
We start the day with a first stop less than 15 km away **on the C14 in Solitaire** at 8:15 AM. **This town is lost in the middle of nowhere with its small gas station with a western atmosphere adorned with rusted and sand-covered car wrecks.** After a quick supply stop: 86 NAD $, or 4 € for 1 water container and a box of cookies, we continue north still on the C14, **crossing the Tropic of Capricorn** then devouring this **magnificent track up to Gaub Pass**. **A succession of narrow gorges, turns, climbs, and descents breaking the monotony of the previous long straight lines.** We are right in the heart of no man's land for 200 km. We then start the descent to the **Kuiseb Canyon. It houses the wide bed of the eponymous river, dry almost all year.** Even when it flows for 2 to 3 weeks during the rainy season, it doesn't go beyond Gobabeb and then seeps into the sand. **The drinking water that supplies Walvis Bay is pumped at Rooibank from this underground water table.** **We now cross the Kuiseb Desert where impressive dunes roll down.** We make a short stop at a **natural rock arch** reminding us of our (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/2024/04/29/j19-1-juin-2024-canyonlands-national-park-et-arches-national-park/). Then we gradually descend towards **Walvis Bay** where we will spend the night. At noon, we enter the **Dorob National Park**. The thermometer drops 10°C in 10 minutes as we get closer to the Atlantic Ocean.
At 12:45 PM, much earlier than initially planned, we arrive at the **Moon Landscape** (View Point 4, free) to have a snack, via a very recent surprising dual carriageway in the middle of nowhere, then via the C28. We are again in the hinterlands, the temperature has soared: 30°C without a bit of shade. Even if the colors and the panorama must be exceptional at sunrise or sunset, the detour for this 360° panorama is still worth it. Extreme aridity as far as the eye can see. The place lives up to its name; it really feels like being on the moon. We get back on the road at 1:30 PM via the D1991, C28, then again the A2, which is very new. The latter runs along the beautiful dunes up to the **Dune 7**, where we make another stop.
Then we head towards our final destination of the day, **Walvis Bay. Its port is sheltered by a sand spit, a natural breakwater that protects the city from the powerful assaults of the ocean. Its port was long a strategic place: claimed by the Cape Colony in 1795, it was officially annexed by the British in 1878 to counter Germany's ambitions in the region. A colony of fur seals, pelicans, flamingos, and whale terns have made it their home.**
We do a big grocery shopping at the Spar located in the center for 66 €; it's very easy to park there. Then we fill up with fuel at an Engen station right across for 1117 NAD $ for 54 liters (20.6 NAD $ per liter), which is 54 €. We then **enjoy the seaside in the Lagoon neighborhood**, where it's also easy to park. After kilometers in the desert, **this cool break is more than welcome. The outside temperature is 22°C. In the distance, we can clearly see the clouds lingering over Swakopmund.**
We take the 4x4 one last time to the **Lagoon Chalets where we will spend the night**. The spot is well set up and surprising in the heart of a residential neighborhood. The sites are quite large, separated by fences around very comfortable shared sanitary facilities. BBQ, electricity, and shaded area. We settle in quietly before going out on foot to watch the **sunset over the Pacific Ocean along Lagoon Promenade Road**. We can still see this impressive persistent mist in the distance. The neighborhood is very peaceful, certainly without much charm, but with a very well-developed seafront that inspires relaxation after kilometers without meeting anyone in inhospitable lands. We end the day with our traditional braai: grilled chicken thighs and sautéed potatoes in the coolness of a starry sky.
> Today's road itinerary: 5h30 of driving (or 3h30 of driving for 250 km without the Moon Landscape): Head north on the C14 > Cross the Tropic of Capricorn > Gaub Pass > Kuiseb Canyon on our left in a round trip > Continue to Green Valley and leave the C14 to the right on the D1984 > Turn right on the C28 > Then left D1991 to Moon Landscape D1991 View Point 4 > Return via the same road and stop at Dune 7 for sunset > Walvis Bay.
> Gas station: Solitaire or Walvis Bay.
> Distance driven today: 372 km.
> Distance walked today: 5 km.
> Today's expenses: Fuel fill-up for 54 € + Groceries for 66 € at Spar.
> Accommodation: Walvis Bay: Lagoon Chalets – 36.6 € for two - (http://www.lagoonchaletswb.com/) - 8th Road West, Meersig Meersig 9000, Walvis Bay, Namibia - BBQ – Electricity – Shared sanitary facilities.
**DAY 12: Monday, May 5, 2025: Walvis Bay - Swakopmund - Round Trip to Cape Cross (seals) - Wreck of the Zeila en route - Henties Bay - Spitzkoppe Tented Camp & Campsite**
After an excellent night, a bit cooler and more humid than usual, we wake up around 7 AM and leave the camp at 7:45 AM to **follow the Atlantic coast heading north**. We thus leave **Walvis Bay**, a very pleasant stopover town, and follow the ocean via the B2. **We enter the mist and Swakopmund** at 8:40 AM, parking **near the lighthouse**. The atmosphere is very quiet, the streets seem dead with large empty parking lots and very little traffic, but the few open shops are filled with expatriates enjoying their breakfasts, French bakeries, cafes, travel agencies... **We are in this Benguela Current, a fast cold ocean current that flows from South Africa, up the coasts of Namibia and Angola, towards the northwest to join a warm equatorial current. Hence the supply of very fish-rich waters and this tenacious mist depending on the seasons. In the northern part of the Namib Desert, fogs are frequent during the southern winter. It's almost the only source of moisture since the city of Swakopmund receives, on average, only 11 liters of water per m² in December and January.**
**Swakopmund is wedged between the dunes and the Atlantic rollers. It is the Namibian capital of adventure activities and has a ghostly colonial remnant. With its German architecture, its seaside promenade, it resembles a seaside town of the North Sea or the Baltic.** It is also a bustling African city. **Nearly two-thirds of Swakopmund's population live in Mondesa, a township created during apartheid, northeast of the city center, a legacy of the South African mandate.** The heart of the city is located in the area of the pier, at the foot of the lighthouse, better known as the Mole. During the South African occupation of Swakopmund, the port took a back seat to Walvis Bay.
Continuing on this C34, sometimes on salt, we come across the famous **wreck of the Zeila, stranded in 2008**, on our left. We can see it through the thick fog, being very close to the beach. It's 10:15 AM. Further on, Henties Bay is a bay that attracts many fishermen; it's teeming with vehicles equipped with fishing rods. Besides its fish-rich waters, it enjoys a relaxed atmosphere and a large beach suitable for walks.
We continue further north, heading to Cape Cross, this time a round trip because we will turn off later here in Henties Bay to reach Spitzkoppe via good gravel roads that are quiet alternatives to the very busy paved B2 further south. **Henties Bay is part of the Dorob National Park, a multi-purpose park protecting coastal ecosystems and hosting the many renowned recreational activities of the region. The part of the coast north of Swakopmund up to the Ugab is particularly popular with fishermen who come in droves to fish for saltwater fish.** The small concrete buildings spaced at regular intervals are actually toilets for fishermen and campers. The coastline is also dotted with world-renowned surf spots.
Even before arriving, we can already smell it before we come across thousands of seals (population in 2021: 1.5 million). **The Cape Cross Seal Reserve, the most renowned on the Namibian coast, is home to the most famous breeding colony of fur seals, which seems to take full advantage of the high concentrations of fish present in the icy waters of the Benguela Current. We are impressed by the sight of these 100,000 pinnipeds lounging on the beach and frolicking in the waves.** We have a picnic a little away from the smells facing the ocean in the sun.
At 12:45 PM, it's time to hit the road again. We retrace our steps back to Henties Bay. We stop there to do another big grocery run before not encountering any big cities for many days. We will only buy fresh items day by day until the end of the trip; we have 23 € worth. **In the space of 30 minutes, we go from 15 to 36°C. The thermal shock with an amplitude of more than 20°C.** At 1:45 PM, we hit the road again via the D1918, then we try a very small track on our left, the D1925. It becomes narrow and rough; I have a bit of apprehension. We arrive at a gate to open in the middle of nowhere, then young children run up to us asking for water or food... We then drive to **Spitzkoppe. The arrival right in front of the mountains is majestic, off the beaten path. This mountain appears in the distance like a mirage above the dusty plains of southern Damaraland.** We come across a second gate held by a guard. We enter the "Community Camp" campsite without realizing it through the west entrance. We are given a small paper, then we go to the reception passing **at the foot of these gigantic, magnificent rocks.** Once at the reception, we are informed that this is not the camp we had booked. Ours is located just a little further, and in the end, it's better because the latter was packed. We were able to cross the park very close to these rocks without paying. We exit through the main entrance; 5 Himba children cling to our doors and trunk asking for bread and food again. We continue despite them staying attached, worried about hurting them. Phew, more fear than harm. We cross the few houses and arrive at the right camp at 4:30 PM, the Spitzkoppe Tented & Campsite. The spot is much quieter and well set up. We have site C12, cozy to perfection with its sink, a private shower and toilet, as well as electricity, under the shade of a tree and facing the mountains. The sunset and sunrise will be perfect. We set up the tent and, without delay, head to the pool for a big dose of coolness. Then it's time to prepare the BBQ and **contemplate the fading lights on the Spitzkoppe massif.**
> Today's road itinerary: 5 hours of driving: Head north on the B2 (paved) along the ocean > Swakopmund > C34 (paved) still heading north > On the left, the wreck of the Zeila before Henties Bay > Cape Cross round trip > Henties Bay > D1916 heading east (track) > Turn left onto D3716 > Turn left to the campsite.
> Gas station: Swakopmund or Henties Bay.
> Distance driven today: 344 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries in Henties Bay: 23 € + Cape Cross park entry: 17 €.
> Accommodation: Spitzkoppe Tented Camp & Campsite - Spitzkoppe River Valley 00000, Spitzkoppe river valley, Namibia - (http://spitzkoppemountaincamp.com/) - 26 € - Pool - BBQ - Shower and toilet.
**DAY 13: Tuesday, May 6, 2025: Spitzkoppe - Rock Pools - Uis**
It's 6:45 AM, **we wake up at the foot of one of the most emblematic landscapes of the country, Spitzkoppe, which towers over the valley at 1,728 m.** **The Spitzkoppe massif, "pointed hat" in Afrikaans, is actually a set of three rock formations: Big Spitzkoppe, the granite domes of the Pontok Mountains that surround it, and Little Spitzkoppe, to the southwest. It was first climbed in 1946 and has never stopped attracting experienced climbers; it remains one of the most challenging ascents in the country. The climate in the region is hot**, so try to visit during the cooler months, as it can quickly reach 36°C in the sun in the afternoon. **Spitzkoppe is particularly striking at dusk, as it was last night, and at dawn this morning when the low light sets the rocks ablaze with red and orange hues. The spectacle is unique.**
We re-enter the park managed by the local community (160 NAD $ per person), then start with the **arch sector**. We quietly enjoy all the viewpoints under perfect orange colors. We leave this magnificent spot, reminding us of (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/2024/04/29/j19-1-juin-2024-canyonlands-national-park-et-arches-national-park/), but with much less crowding here. Around 10 AM, we head closer to these mythical peaks, including the main one nicknamed the Matterhorn of Namibia. Then we finish with the **ascent of the rock above Rock Pool. The 360° view of the park is a must-see. Small natural pools carved into the rock bring a bit of water to this arid and rocky landscape.** The wind blows strongly up there, and during a photo shoot with a tripod, it falls forward right onto the lens glass, cracking it... Frustration and shouts, these will be the last quality photos of this trip, and a new bill to pay when we return to replace it... Disgusted.
We continue to **Bushmans Paradise**, have a lunch break in the shade of a rock before hitting the road again around 12:30 PM after thoroughly exploring the park, feeling weakened and sad about my passion: photography...
We fill up with fuel as soon as we arrive in Uis at the price of 21 NAD $ per liter, a total of 1021 NAD $ for 50 liters (52 € by card). **Uis is a former mining town. Tin mining ceased in the early 1990s, but the high white mountain where the ore was dumped is clearly visible. The region is rich in amethysts, Brandberg crystals, and other semi-precious stones; we come across many vendors on the roadside.**
We then head to our final destination of the day, the **Daureb Isib Restcamp**. We arrive quite early for once at 2:45 PM in the heat, but the camp is just perfectly set up, surely the most upscale we will have during this trip. We are in a fortunately shaded area under palm leaves, with a table, chairs with cushions, a sink, a hot shower, toilets, a beautiful pool, and of course our private BBQ. Perfect for regaining a bit of a smile after the fall of my DSLR camera. **We are facing the Brandberg massif, the "fire mountain" in Afrikaans, dominated by Königstein (2,573 m), the highest peak in Namibia.** **The Brandberg owes its name to the reddish-orange glow that forms on its slopes at dawn and dusk, when the sun's rays awaken its red granite faces studded with crystals. It also hides a real treasure inside, as it contains an exceptional concentration of prehistoric rock art**, mainly paintings and some petroglyphs, including the most famous of them, the **White Lady in the Tsisab Gorge**. There are over 43,000 in total, dating back 2,000 to 4,000 years, scattered in hundreds of crevices around the mountain.
Time for the usual swim, laundry, and evening cooking. On the braai menu, local sausages with cheese pasta and leftovers for a good salad the next day.
> Today's road itinerary: 1h45: Head north on the D3716 > Then D1930 (gravel and sand track) to Uis.
> Gas station: Uis.
> Distance driven today: 113 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Fuel fill-up in Uis for 52 € (1,021 NAD $).
> Accommodation: Daureb Isib Restcamp - Erf 672 C/O 3rd & 4th Avenue Uis 9000, Uis, Namibia - (http://www.daurebisib.com/) – 31 € - Pool. Comfort with private bathroom + electricity + Wi-Fi at the restaurant. Clear sky for a beautiful starry night.
**DAY 14: Wednesday, May 7, 2025: Brandberg (Namibia's Highest Mountain) - Damaraland:**
**The Brandberg massif is an isolated, dome-shaped mountain, an inselberg, that towers over the gravel plains scorched by the sun of the Namib Desert to the northwest. It measures 23 km long and 20 km wide. It is the highest point in Namibia at 2,573 meters.**
This massif formed about 130 million years ago when a gigantic viscous mass of magma from deep within the Earth's crust rose through the surrounding rock layers before solidifying. Later, the granite mass was exposed by the erosion of the surrounding rocks.
**The Brandberg is the highest mountain in Namibia, peaking at an altitude of 2,573 m. The indigenous San people call it the "burning mountain," as it appears to glow with a red light at sunset. With its considerable height and width, this massif influences the local climate, attracting more rain on its slopes than the desert below.** The rain seeps through the springs. Unique animal and plant species thrive in this high-altitude environment, and prehistoric paintings adorn the rock faces hidden in the ravines around the base of the mountain.
The first night was also hot since the start of this trip, the thermometer did not drop below 20°C. We wake up gently around 8 AM, a pleasant sleep-in, the sun is already out. After a quick morning cleanup of the 4x4, we have time today, we hit the road at 9:30 AM, getting lost in the Brandberg massif. We are now in the **Damaraland, which stretches from the majestic rock formations of the Brandberg in the south, where we are today, to the bushy expanses at the foot of the rugged mountains of Sesfontein in the north, where we will be tomorrow. It is the perfect destination for wildlife and flora observation.**
We take the track heading towards the **White Lady**, but we want an alternative to this guided visit only. So, just before arriving, we turn right towards a viewpoint named on Google Maps **Rastplatz**. We come across **small Himba villages, living in extreme poverty with no natural resources; the inhabitants ask for water with every passing vehicle...** A bit further, we encounter about ten **ostriches** in the middle of the track, magnificent, as we get closer to the mountains in the background, and a few meters further, **a herd of Oryx**. Then we approach the **bed of the Ugab River**. We then go back and have a snack in the middle of nowhere, under the shade of our 4x4, facing the mountainous massif. We get back on the road around noon, while the temperature is at its peak in this very hot region, 35°C on the gauge with very dry air. We go up the C35 slightly then turn left onto the small track D2319 until we reach the Ugab bed again. Back to Uis in the mid-afternoon.
We did not book the same campsite as the previous night; today we are at the Brandberg Rest Camp. Unfortunately, the camp is not at the same level as the previous one, which was perfect. But the price is also much lower. The sites are next to each other, separated by small fences behind the main building. But it will do just fine. We have our BBQ and electricity, the shared sanitary facilities are decent. We then lounge in the large pool. We will then buy some water for 10 € at the supermarket located right across.
> Gas station: Uis.
> Distance driven today: 118 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries in Uis: 10 €.
> Accommodation: Brandberg Rest Camp Uis - No 3 Uis Street Namibia 9000, Damaraland, Namibia - (http://www.brandbergrestcamp.com/) - Large pool – Shower – Electricity
**DAY 15: Thursday, May 8, 2025: Damaraland: Petrified Forest - Ugab Valley - Palmwag**
The night was excellent and slightly cooler than the previous one. We wake up around 7 AM and hit the road just before 7:45 AM heading to a new destination as we continue this Namibian road trip. **We cross Damaraland today from south to north.** First via the C35 to **Khorixas**, then turning left onto the C39. **We come across some villagers walking kilometers under the scorching sun with only a small water container in their hand... What a tough life, light-years away from ours.** About 40 km west of this town, we arrive at the **Petrified Forest National Monument**. It is a vast expanse of veld (open vegetation area), dotted with petrified tree trunks that can reach 34 m in length and 6 m in circumference, estimated to be over 260 million years old. These trees belonged to the Gymnospermae family, conifers among which we find today's cycads and welwitschias. The absence of roots and branches suggests that the trunks were deposited here during a significant flood. The site has about fifty trees, some half-buried in sandstone, others perfectly petrified in silica with their bark and growth rings. A guide is mandatory at the entrance to visit the site.
We then continue on this C39 due west to the junction of the D2612. We make a round trip to the south to **Twyfelfontein, which means "uncertain spring" or "bubbling spring" in Damara**. The site is a UNESCO World Heritage site, located at the entrance of the grassy Aba Huab Valley and houses one of the largest collections of rock art on the continent. More than **2,500 petroglyphs** have been discovered on over 200 stones, as well as some rock paintings. They date back about 6,000 years and others 2,500 years. Many engravings depict species that have since disappeared from the region, such as elephants, rhinoceroses, giraffes, and lions. The presence of a seal attests to the existence of links with the coastline at the time, now over 100 km away. It is here, as well as at Brandberg, that the human history of Namibia began with these testimonies of ritual and economic practices among hunter-gatherer peoples.
We continue a bit further south on the D3214 then D3254 to visit the **Organ Pipes, "organ pipes"**. The entrance is also paid, much to our regret... 500 NAD $ for two. We take a well-marked trail leading to a small gorge containing dolerite (coarse-grained basalt) columns 4 m high and aligned on an astonishing 100 m long wall. We are in a volcanic chain stretching over a dozen kilometers, a pile of scoria that seems to have been exposed to fire, the Burnt Mountain "burnt mountain" stands in a bleak and desolate landscape where almost nothing grows.
We head back north and return to the C39 then the C43 to **Palmwag where we will spend the night**. **This concession, covering an area of 5,500 km², is a region of red hills and plains, remarkable for its rolling landscapes as well as its rich fauna and flora**. The region serves as a **buffer zone between Etosha and the Skeleton Coast**. We have a good chance of encountering black rhinos, desert elephants, and lions, as well as spotted hyenas, giraffes, gemsboks, and other antelopes.
We pass the sanitary control barrier at 4 PM, just before entering Palmwag. In our direction, from south to north, we are simply asked about our future destinations and to present my French driver's license. A few meters further, there is a small gas station, then on our left our final destination of the day: the Palmwag Lodge Campsites. We are happy to arrive after this long journey. The welcome is very pleasant, and the site is very comfortable with a real brick shelter housing our shower and toilet, as well as water and electricity. We always have a BBQ available, but today we unfortunately no longer have meat due to concerns about the sanitary control, but we were not sure if it was rather in the other direction that the transport of fresh meat and dairy products is prohibited. We now cross our fingers to be able to observe some different animals, as the place is renowned for elephants, giraffes, and rhinos. We first take some time to relax in the pool before going for a walk around the reserve, without encountering anything unfortunately this evening, but the wake-up will be up to par... Time for the sunset, which is always one of the highlights of the day.
> Today's road itinerary: 5h30 of driving: C35 heading north > Then turn left onto the C39 > Petrified Forest > Go down on the D3612 in a round trip to Twyfelfontain (rock paintings and Organ Pipes) > Go back up on the C39 then C43 to Palmwag > Round trip on the C40 to Mount Grootberg Pass.
For info on the C43, there is a sanitary control at the entrance and exit (transporting raw meat is prohibited).
Palmwag: black rhinos (guided or free visit? at sunrise or sunset).
> Gas station: Twyfelfontain or Palmwag (07:00 – 19:00) – Tire repair in Palmwag.
> Distance driven today: 349 km.
> Distance walked today: km.
> Accommodation: North of Palmwag Lodge Campsites - GPS Coordinates -19.88556°, 13.93694° - Pool – Water and electricity – 34 € - (https://gondwana-collection.com/accommodation/palmwag-campsite?LodgeName=PALMWAG%20CAMPSITE)
**DAY 16: Friday, May 9, 2025: Palmwag - Sesfontein - Entry into Kaokoland - Opuwo**
This morning, we take our time watching for wildlife. We can finally observe our first **kudus** as the sun begins to illuminate the plain in front of us (see video and time-lapse of the day). A few minutes later, we also spot **a couple of giraffes with their calf**, moving calmly and serenely.
**We leave Palmwag** at 9 AM, heading to the northernmost point of Damaraland via the C43 to Sesfontein.
A few kilometers on the track, and we come across **a herd of zebras**, 11 to be exact, in the middle of green hills. Even further, it's more than twenty that cross right in front of us, a treat for our eyes. Their gait is majestic; they are very sensitive to noise. Some are more curious than others and don't hesitate to stay close if we remain quiet. We then cross numerous rough riverbeds. We must always stay very attentive at the wheel because we can drive at over 80 km/h on straight lines and then suddenly have to brake to cross these small streams, usually already dry at this time of year. Many antelopes are still present by the side of the track; the heat is already rising, and they are often lying on the ground at this hour.
**We arrive in Sesfontein at 11:15 AM**, just as the children are leaving school. Transportation is done by donkey-drawn carts. The villagers spend their time in the shade of the trees and in front of the few small shops. The atmosphere of its streets is dusty with a laid-back pace; this town has the feel of an oasis located **by the Hoanib River**, the town of six springs from which it gets its name. Founded in 1896, it was a military outpost built after a cattle plague epidemic. This page of its history is reflected in Fort Sesfontein, erected in 1905 to fight cattle diseases, arms smuggling, and poaching.
We take a lunch break at the exit of the village around 11:30 AM in the shade of a tree, so peaceful, it's 32°C. We continue further north, away from the usual tourist routes, and **enter the Kunene region, also called Kaokoland**. The track becomes narrower and more winding. **These are now vast solitary spaces largely devoid of roads, simply crossed by sandy tracks opened by the South African army just a few decades ago.** The fauna and flora have managed to adapt to this harsh and dry environment, like the desert elephant, an endangered species whose slender legs are perfectly suited to the long journeys the animal must make to find water, a rare resource. This region is also the territory of the Himba people, emblematic of the country. Its name comes from the Kunene River, which marks a narrow belt of vegetation at the Angolan border.
**We arrive in Opuwo at 3 PM**, **this town is the capital of the Kunene region**. Its name means "the end" in the Herero language, a fitting term for this dusty collection of commercial buildings surrounded by traditional huts with round thatched roofs.
**Opuwo is a strong cultural moment of this trip in Himba territory, this semi-nomadic people traditionally settles in an onganda (small village), moving if necessary to find access to water. Himba women are known for their ochre-colored cream, otjize, a mixture of butterfat and ochre powder, applied to protect and moisturize the skin and hair. Fire and smoke play an important role in their culture.** Smoke, often scented with herbs, is used by women for purification. It can also convey prayers to the supreme being, Muluru. In traditional celebrations, there is always a sacred fire that remains lit between the main hut and the animal enclosure, to maintain ties with the ancestors.
Right upon arrival, we fill up with fuel at the Shell station at the price of 21.48 NAD $ per liter, or 67 liters for 1454 NAD $ (72 €) by card. We then quickly stock up on meat at the Spar **where Himba women with bare breasts mix with us, the only white people shopping in the aisles**. **Since the beginning of this trip, this is where life is most bustling**. There are many people on these dusty streets, after kilometers without seeing anyone, the shock is brutal. There are small markets, poverty but also wealth. The town is quite spread out. There are no white people left, **we finally discover the true, harsh African life.**
We arrive at the **Opuwo Country Lodge at 3:30 PM**, located slightly on the heights. We have site 9 at the end of the property for maximum isolation as we like. Once again, we have private sanitary facilities, a BBQ, and electricity. Once settled, we walk 10 minutes to the reception where the pool is located to cool off. An infinity pool that is just magnificent facing the vast landscape before us. But this contrast between this little comfort and the town below makes us uneasy. The employees walk back down. A guard is present at the entrance of the lodge to ensure security; the park where we are is fenced. We enjoy a good braai, then enjoy the few lights of the town gradually lighting up. The night will be quite noisy for once with very loud music rising from a party below until 2:30 AM... And yet it comes from far away... Maybe a bar? In any case, we rule out what we thought was just a party during our visit here on Friday.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of track: Return via the C43 heading south to Opuwo.
> Gas station: Okangwati or Opuwo
> Distance driven today: 261 km.
> Today's expenses: Fuel fill-up in Opuwo for 72 € + Groceries in Opuwo for 21 €.
> Accommodation: Opuwo Country Hotel - Opuwo Hilltop Opuwo 9000, Opuwo, Namibia - -18.044682 / 13.833861 - (http://www.opuwolodge.com/) - N$600.00 - Pool / Water / Private sanitary facilities / Electricity / BBQ.
**DAY 17: Saturday, May 10, 2025: Opuwo to Epupa Falls:**
We take our time this morning by the **Kunene River**, then we hit the road at 8:45 AM. This is our return trip to Opuwo.
After 4 good hours of driving, **we return to the bustling life of Opuwo**. We refill with fuel at the Shell station (21.48 NAD $ per liter) 820 NAD $ (40 €) for 38 liters and do a quick grocery run at the Spar for 488 NAD $ (24 €). We don't take any meat because we have the **sanitary barrier** to cross tomorrow before entering Etosha Park. We pay for these two expenses in cash for the first time; until now, the credit card was always accepted, so we now have to use the cash we withdrew at the airport. Then we head back to the Opuwo Country Lodge, arriving at the campsite at 2 PM. We are the first to arrive, we rest for a moment before heading to the pool and then end the day around our traditional BBQ with sausages and sautéed potatoes. The full moon accompanies us, perfect for nighttime observations in Etosha starting tomorrow.
The campsite's location should be avoided because we again have infernal music that gets louder from 7 PM to 2:30 AM... And yet it comes from far away... Maybe a bar? In any case, we eliminate what we thought was just a party during our visit here on Friday.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of track: Return via the C43 heading south to Opuwo.
> Gas station: Okangwati or Opuwo
> Distance driven today: 180 km.
> Accommodation: Opuwo Country Hotel - Opuwo Hilltop Opuwo 9000, Opuwo, Namibia - -18.044682 / 13.833861 - (http://www.opuwolodge.com/) - N$600.00 - Pool / Water / Electricity / BBQ
**DAY 18: Sunday, May 11, 2025: Epupa Falls:**
Time for a "vacation" day; we wake up leisurely at 8 AM and take our time this morning. Breakfast and even coffee. The night was good, lulled by the sound of the waterfalls.
In the late morning, we head out on the small path along the banks of the Kunene River, which offers magnificent landscapes. We have a beautiful view of Angola from the opposite bank. The falls extend over about 1.5 km and flow over a series of promontories, the highest of which reaches 37 m.
At noon, we return to our campsite to eat in the shade of the palm trees. On the menu: fried eggs and pasta. We take advantage of this afternoon to rest before the last part of this road trip, with reading, writing, and pool time on the agenda.
In the late afternoon, we return to one of the viewpoints overlooking Epupa Falls to once again enjoy the sunset colors from a different angle. We are over the moon; our thoughts wander in all directions. We discuss future trips, adventures, reminisce about our memories, and think about the world around us... We savor the luck of being here. On the way back, a Himba woman asks if we can give her a ride in our 4x4 to Opuwo tomorrow.
Tonight, we dine on our traditional braai with white beans by the Kunene River. We are lulled by the sound of this powerful river flowing under the song of insects. The coolness sets in, and we fall asleep under the stars.
> Distance driven today: 0 km.
> Distance walked today: 10 km.
> Accommodation: Omarunga Lodge Campsites - 68 € for two nights - Site by the river - (https://gondwana-collection.com/fr/accommodation/omarunga-epupa-falls-campsite?LodgeName=OMARUNGA%20EPUPA-FALLS%20CAMPSITE&hsLang=en)
**DAY 19: Monday, May 12, 2025: Epupa to Opuwo**
We enjoy the morning a bit more by the **Kunene River**, then we hit the road at 8:45 AM. This is our return trip to Opuwo.
After 4 good hours on the road, **we return to the bustling life of Opuwo**. We refill with fuel at the Shell station (21.48 NAD $ per liter) for 820 NAD $ (40 €) for 38 liters and do a quick grocery run at the Spar for 488 NAD $ (24 €). We don't take any meat because we have the **sanitary barrier** to cross tomorrow before entering Etosha Park. We pay in cash for these two expenses for the first time; until now, the credit card was always accepted, so we have to use the cash we withdrew at the airport. Then we head back to the Opuwo Country Lodge, arriving at the campsite at 2:30 PM. We are the first to arrive, rest for a moment before heading to the pool, and then end the day with our traditional BBQ: sausages and sautéed potatoes. The full moon accompanies us, perfect for nighttime observations in Etosha starting tomorrow.
The campsite's location should be avoided, as we again have loud music until 2:30 AM... And it comes from far away... Maybe a bar? In any case, we rule out what we thought was just a party during our visit here on Friday.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of track: Return via the C43 heading south to Opuwo.
> Gas station: Okangwati or Opuwo
> Distance driven today: 180 km.
> Accommodation: Opuwo Country Hotel - Opuwo Hilltop Opuwo 9000, Opuwo, Namibia - -18.044682 / 13.833861 - (http://www.opuwolodge.com/) - N$600.00 - Pool / Water / Private sanitary facilities / Electricity / BBQ
**DAY 20: Tuesday, May 13, 2025: Opuwo – Etosha - Olifantsrus**
We wake up before dawn around 6:30 AM. We pack up the camp at 7:15 AM heading to a first waterhole to watch the sunrise and start our day of observations and discoveries. It's 11°C, and as soon as we leave the campsite, we come across numerous zebras, foxes, and springboks with the sun rising on the horizon. Magnificent images.
**At 8:30 AM, we are still alone**, we witness **one of the most beautiful scenes of this trip: 3 lionesses hunting springboks**. It's thanks to the latter, slowing down, that we manage to spot 4 lionesses' heads barely above the tall grass. They hide, stand up, move slowly... We wait without moving. This is their perfect terrain for camouflage. **We are on the lookout and try to be discreet during this hunting scene**. We leave the area to let them finish their remarkable work and continue the track towards the East. The terrain becomes completely flat. It's now been 3 hours since we left the campsite without noticing the time passing, and especially without meeting anyone. Around 10 AM, near a waterhole, we come across a solitary elephant mixed with zebras, buffaloes, and springboks.
Around 11 AM, we take a lunch break; here, it's us who are enclosed in enclosures. Whether in the campsites or the few small equipped areas, we are fenced in by a gate. The animals are free on their territory. The wind has picked up again, just like the sun. We eat alone in absolute calm in the heart of this incredible, unique park; there are no words to describe what nature offers us here, far from any human activity. We start to see some safari vehicles arriving, but the attendance remains much lower than I had imagined. At most, a total of fifteen throughout the day.
Etosha is also a wonderful reserve of vegetation; you can find multiple mopane groves. But also acacias and other trees appreciated by ruminants. The south and east of the park have the most waterholes, which is where most animals gather. In the West, the vegetation is denser, and the wildlife is harder to spot, but it is well present, especially the black-faced impala and Hartmann's mountain zebra, which are found almost nowhere else. The area being less frequented, the bush feeling is more pronounced.
30 minutes of track after eating, **we come across a solitary male lion. The build compared to the females this morning is noticeable from afar**, even though this one is quite far from us unfortunately, unlike this morning when they were right on top of us.
**Etosha is the preferred habitat of lions in Namibia, with about 330 individuals roaming the park's plains, nearly half of the country's wild lions.** The big cats rest under the trees near waterholes, especially the one at Okaukuejo where we arrive today, but it's also a good spot for elephants and rhinos.
We then enter the territory of buffaloes, which we come across by the dozens now. Wow, the encounters keep coming. Then around 2 PM, we follow this immense **Etosha Pan** for the first time, which we will follow for a good part of tomorrow's day.
We arrive at our campsite at 3:30 PM after more than 8 hours of self-safari filled with discoveries. We sleep tonight at the **Olifantsrus Camp**, which we had previously booked in France. We had to wait and click several times for a spot to open up, as the camp has very few sites, and that's a good thing. It is located in one of the wildest areas of Etosha and has a practical observation tower overlooking a waterhole, offering us great opportunities to spot wildlife after nightfall (see photos). **The sunset is once again memorable.** In the guestbook at the reception, where each visitor can note their observations, 3 lions were seen the day before just a few steps from here (1 male, 1 female, and their cub), on a part of the track we didn't cover today; it will be on tomorrow morning's program. We cross our fingers for these predators.
> Today's road itinerary: 6 hours of driving: Leave Opuwo via the C41 (paved road) > Turn right onto the C35 (paved road) to the Galton Gate > Enter Etosha Park.
> Gas station: Opuwo.
> Distance driven today: 369 km.
> Accommodation: Olifantsrus Camping site - 53.4 € for two – Shared sanitary facilities – Electricity – BBQ – No grocery store - (https://www.etoshanationalpark.org/fr/accommodation/olifantsrus-camp)
**DAY 21: Wednesday, May 14, 2025: Etosha National Park: From Olifantsrus to Okaukuejo:**
We wake up before dawn around 6:30 AM. We pack up the camp at 7:15 AM as the gates open, heading to a first waterhole to watch the sunrise and start our day of observations. It's 11°C, and just outside the campsite, we come across numerous zebras, foxes, and springboks with the sun rising on the horizon. Magnificent scenes.
**At 8:30 AM, we are still alone**, and we witness **one of the most beautiful moments of this trip: three lionesses hunting springboks**. Thanks to the springboks slowing down, we manage to spot four lionesses' heads barely above the tall grass. They hide, stand up, and move slowly... We wait without moving. This is their perfect terrain for camouflage. **We stay alert and try to be discreet during this hunting scene**. We leave the area to let them finish their remarkable work and continue the track towards the east. The terrain becomes completely flat. It's been 3 hours since we left the campsite without noticing the time, and especially without meeting anyone. Around 10 AM, near a waterhole, we come across a solitary elephant mixed with zebras, buffaloes, and springboks.
Around 11 AM, we take a lunch break; here, it's us who are enclosed in enclosures. Whether in the campsites or the few small equipped areas, we are fenced in by a gate. The animals are free on their territory. The wind has picked up again, just like the sun. We eat alone in absolute calm in the heart of this incredible, unique park; there are no words to describe what nature offers us here, far from any human activity. We start to see some safari vehicles arriving, but the attendance remains much lower than I had imagined. At most, a total of fifteen throughout the day.
Etosha is also a wonderful reserve of vegetation; you can find multiple mopane groves. But also acacias and other trees appreciated by ruminants. The south and east of the park have the most waterholes, which is where most animals gather. In the west, the vegetation is denser, and the wildlife is harder to spot, but it is well present, especially the black-faced impala and Hartmann's mountain zebra, which are found almost nowhere else. The area being less frequented, the bush feeling is more pronounced.
Thirty minutes of track after eating, **we come across a solitary male lion. The build compared to the females this morning is noticeable from afar**, even though this one is quite far from us unfortunately, unlike this morning when they were right on top of us.
**Etosha is the preferred habitat of lions in Namibia, with about 330 individuals roaming the park's plains, nearly half of the country's wild lions.** The big cats rest under the trees near waterholes, especially the one at Okaukuejo where we arrive today, but it's also a good spot for elephants and rhinos.
We then enter the territory of buffaloes, which we come across by the dozens now. Wow, the encounters keep coming. Then around 2 PM, we follow this immense **Etosha Pan** for the first time, which we will follow for a good part of tomorrow's day.
We arrive at our campsite at 3:30 PM after more than 8 hours of self-safari filled with discoveries. We sleep tonight at the **Okaukuejo Resort**. Upon arrival, this impression of a small town in the middle of hundreds of kilometers without infrastructure remains shocking. **The atmosphere is quite different from last night in our small wild campsite**. However, even though the attendance is higher, we are lucky to get a site in a corner (number 46). **The lit waterhole will also be a reward**. After checking in, we take advantage of the small grocery store to buy two meats for our next BBQs in the park, 3 pork chops and sausages, as well as a cold drink for 252 NAD $. This locality also offers a gas station, a restaurant, and a nice pool, but our goal during this park stay remains focused on the wildlife, so I won't give in this time. Time to set up, followed by a short rest, then our toilette before heading to the "waterhole" for the sunset around 6 PM. **A new grand spectacle unfolds before us, a hundred zebras come to hydrate right before our eyes at the water reserve facing the sunset in a cloud of dust. Then a couple of lions approach stealthily without managing to fill their stomachs. A third guest arrives, a second male lion also comes to drink. The waterhole now becomes the territory of the lions... We are speechless facing what nature offers us, we savor for over an hour scrutinizing the smallest details. What an intense day, images that will remain forever etched in our minds.** It's our turn to have our meal with three beautiful pork chops on the BBQ accompanied by curry vegetables.
At 9 PM, we decide to return to the waterhole, a wonderful idea because we find **an elephant and two black rhinos courting in the water. The male has a hard time seducing his sweetheart and eventually leaves, but a third rhino appears out of nowhere to join her. The scenes unfold under the spotlights** accompanied by a sky full of stars. We eventually go to bed. Looking forward to the rest of the story tomorrow.
> Today's road itinerary: Camp Olifantsrus > Camp Okaukuejo.
> Gas station: Okaukuejo camp.
> Distance driven today: 229 km. > Today's expenses: Groceries for 12 €.
> Accommodation: Okaukuejo Camping Site - 48.12 € for two - Pool - Gas station - Lit waterhole - Grocery store - (https://www.etoshanationalpark.org/fr/accommodation/okaukuejo)
**DAY 22: Thursday, May 15, 2025: Etosha National Park: From Okaukuejo to Halali:**
We wake up around 5:30 AM to a strange noise getting closer, a few thunderclaps, then heavy rain pours down on us! The first since the start of this trip, we had forgotten its sound and smell. We leave the campsite quickly at 7:13 AM as the gates open, the rain stops just in time!
We are right in the heart of the park today. We arrive at the Etosha Pan, an immense flat salt desert that, a few days a year, transforms into a shallow expanse teeming with flamingos and pelicans. At the end of the dry season, everything, from elephants to grasslands, is covered in the white, chalky dust of Etosha.
Around noon, at the Riedfontein waterhole, we spot two male lions in this picturesque savannah. As we've noticed, the females hunt while the males protect the territory. The males and cubs will benefit first.
The day was less emotional than the previous one. We encounter far fewer animals, often at a greater distance. Is it because of the stormy rain we had at dawn this morning, or is it the area? The tracks were also more exhausting, especially the Rhino Drive without meeting a soul. But the view over the immense salt pan as far as the eye can see is worth seeing. Maybe the waterhole at the campsite will surprise us tonight as it did yesterday?
We arrive at 4 PM at the Halali Resort for our last night in the park. We still have a lit waterhole, more intimate than yesterday's, and we can walk around the park thanks to a hiking trail. The sanitary facilities are shared and quite recent, with each site offering its own BBQ and electrical outlet. After setting up and a quick wash, we head on foot to the Halali waterhole for sunset. Tonight's menu features local sausages (beef and pork) with curry pasta.
> Today's road itinerary: Camp Okaukuejo > Camp Halali.
> Gas station: Halali Camp.
> Distance driven today: 242 km.
> Accommodation: Halali Camping Site - 48.12 € for two - Pool - Gas station - Lit waterhole - Grocery store - (https://www.nwr.com.na/resorts/halali-resort/)
**DAY 23: Friday, May 16, 2025: Etosha National Park: From Halali to Namutoni - Waterberg Park:**
We pack up the camp at 7:15 AM as the gates open. It's 17°C, and the sun is out as usual. **We follow the Etosha Pan, still quite wet at this time of year.** The small track offers different viewpoints under a sun gradually rising higher.
The further east we go, the more we encounter gnus, kudus, and impalas. **We are once again spoiled and delighted by everything we discover this morning.** A majestic **giraffe** appears before our eyes just before arriving at **Namutoni** around 9:45 AM, quickly followed by 4 other companions. From there, we change plans, do the **Fischer's Pan** loop, and then decide to exit through the northern gate, allowing us to cover the entire park. Our last encounters will be with these tallest animals, the giraffes, and what a spectacle to see them spread their legs to hydrate, followed by gnus.
Just before the exit, we take a lunch break at an equipped area at 11:30 AM.
**We leave Etosha National Park with a touch of nostalgia through the King Nehale Iya Mpingana gate** at 12:30 PM. We find the beautiful paved B1 road, which is a great relief. Cows and goats take over; driving at 120 km/h on these single-lane, two-way roads with these animals we brush past requires constant vigilance. We fill up with fuel at 1:30 PM in **Oshivelo** (21.33 $ per liter), 93 liters for 99 € by card. Since we hadn't planned to go so far north out of Etosha, we are surprised to go through a **sanitary check** at the exit of the town, but it turns out to be even quicker than the previous one, a simple glance in the fridge by very smiling women, much more pleasant than the staff at the Etosha entrances and exits.
We pass **near Lake Otjikoto** ("deep hole" in Herero), which is **one of the only two natural lakes in Namibia along with its neighbor Lake Guinas**. In 1851, explorers Charles Andersson and Francis Galton came across this karst lake occupying a limestone cauldron 100 m long, 150 m wide, and 55 m deep. Its steep walls, about 20 m high, are the result of the collapse of the rock roof of the sinkhole under water pressure. This lake is also known for the large quantity of weapons and ammunition found in its depths. Remnants of the region's violent past, they were dumped there in 1915 by the retreating German army, refusing to let South African troops get their hands on them. Unfortunately, it's paid entry, and given the late hour, we continue on our way. To our great surprise, there is a lot of traffic on this B1, including many trucks, the first time we've seen so many people in this country. The landscapes change; we even discover deciduous trees taking on their autumn colors.
We pass through **Tsumeb**, and the road continues to **Otjiwarongo**, which means "pleasant place" in the Herero language, and the town lives up to its name. Prosperous and peaceful, with wide avenues and a relaxed atmosphere, we stop there to do some shopping. We buy some local meat to treat ourselves during these last two remaining camping nights: skewers, pork, and sausages, as well as biscuits, a last water tank, and yogurt for Mimi; 388 NAD $ - 20 €. We get back on the road heading south via the B1 for 15 minutes, then turn left onto the C42, still paved, for 30 minutes and 41 km, then left again onto the D2512, a wavy sandy track for 15 minutes.
**We enter the Waterberg National Park this evening.** The arrival facing this mountainous massif in the middle of the plains under the end-of-day lights of a deep red makes us even more eager to discover it. **Composed of impressive sandstone cliffs, tangles of vines, a canopy teeming with birds, elusive wildlife, and improbable dinosaur footprints. The Waterberg occupies a large sandstone plateau 50 km long and 16 km wide, at an altitude of 150 m above the plain.** It is possible to encounter elands, black wildebeests, roan antelopes, buffaloes, and red hartebeests, and with luck, leopards, as well as 200 identified bird species.
We arrive at the NWR campsite at 6 PM, the first time we arrive so late, just before nightfall. It's from here that various hiking trails start for tomorrow's day, including the **Mountain View Trail** that climbs to the edge of the plateau. We quickly settle into this peaceful camp where calm reigns, no more than 5 vehicles tonight. The place is shaded, with fairly recent shared sanitary facilities, electricity, and a BBQ for each. We savor our second-to-last braai under the stars, hearing our plane that brought us to Frankfurt fly over, every day at the same time over the Waterberg then Etosha. Very rare, as there are very few flights that land or fly over Namibian skies.
> Today's road itinerary: 10 hours of driving: B1 then C42 then D2512.
> Gas station: Exit of Etosha Park, Tsumeb, Otavi, or Waterberg Park.
> Distance driven today: 616 km.
> Accommodation: NWR Waterberg Camping Site - Pool - Water - 45 € for two - (https://www.nwr.com.na/resorts/waterberg-resort/#1577510913112-8f243e49-35a647e7-1997)
**DAY 24: Saturday, May 17, 2025: Waterberg Park - Otjiwa:**
We wake up around 7 AM after a very cool night.
**At sunrise, the cliffs appear even redder, and the cries of baboons echo around us.** We come across about thirty of them. We start the hike around 8:15 AM. **The Mountain View Trail will take us to the Waterberg Plateau.** The temperature is pleasant for walking. **The trail starts in a thick forest where the song of birds resonates.** The path is little frequented, so progress is slow and irregular; we regularly have to duck, step over, and climb rocks. However, in 35 minutes, we reach the top of the plateau. We are once again alone in the world in this Namibian nature. **The 360° panorama extends over a wide plain of green shrubs below, then over these steep red cliffs** giving access to this suspended plateau of the Waterberg. To enter, unfortunately, a special permit is required, and you must be accompanied by a guide. We savor the moment under the already hot sun at 9 AM. After an hour reminiscing about our journey on our rocky promontory, we start the descent at 10 AM, completing a loop back to our starting point. **At 10:30 AM, we pass by the small cemetery of German fighters who died in 1904**, then we hit the road back to the B1. We take a lunch break at noon at one of the tables scattered regularly along the paved roads. We are watched by **baboons** perched in their tree. We then decide to make a **detour through the town of Otjiwarongo**, which we didn't have time to explore properly yesterday. **A quick visit to the train station is a must to see locomotive No. 41, built in 1912 by the German company Henschel. It was transported to Namibia to carry ore between the mines of Tsumeb and the port of Swakopmund before being decommissioned in 1960 when the tracks were modified.**
We return to do some shopping and bring back some souvenirs for 300 NAD $ (14 €). We then take the road south on the B1. I start to feel the end of this immense loop through Namibia. Morale is gradually dropping. But we still have plenty of beautiful things to discover. We arrive at 3 PM at the **Otjiwa Safari Lodge. This will be our last night camping after 22 nights sleeping in the wild to the sound of animals.** The nostalgia is palpable. We enter this high-end private park; we don't really feel at home upon arrival. The reception, the pool, the restaurant, everything is very upscale, unlike anything we've experienced during this road trip. However, the reserve has its charm; we come across our beautiful antelopes again. The 10 sites are very comfortable, spaced apart under some bushes. Each has, of course, its BBQ, electricity, lighting, and sink. Before enjoying our last evening, we need to do a thorough dusting of the 4x4 and a good cleaning and organizing of our belongings. Then it's time for our last perfect braai: chicken and pork skewers, as well as tomato-flavored white beans.
> Today's road itinerary: 1h30 of driving: Waterberg > Otjiwarongo > Okonjima wildlife reserve - D2512 then C22 then B1 then turn right onto a 3 km track.
> Gas station: Waterberg Park.
> Distance driven today: 135 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Souvenirs for 14 €.
> Accommodation: Otjiwa Safari Lodge - B1 main road, west side Otjiwarongo 12001, Otjiwarongo, Namibia - (http://www.otjiwa.com.na/) – 40 € for two – From 3 PM.
**DAY 25: Sunday, May 18, 2025: Otjiwa - Windhoek:**
For this last leg of our Namibian journey, we complete the loop back to our starting point, Windhoek. We leave our last campsite at Otjiwa, later than usual, at 10 AM. We head due south on the B1 in less than 3 hours to the country's capital, not without a touch of nostalgia after all these kilometers traveled through Namibia. The landscapes roll by with a lot of melancholy. We make a stop 60 km north, in Okahandja. We take the opportunity to fill up with fuel (21.10 $ per liter), 500 NAD $ for 23 liters; the card machine wasn't working, so we had to withdraw from an ATM at the next gas station. A local was quite insistent at my window, asking for food or money. Anyway, after 15 minutes, we get back on the road.
From here, we take the new A1, a 2x2 lane highway limited, like the previous roads, to 120 km/h. Then we gradually see some of the country's industries before entering the capital in the blink of an eye. We arrive at 1:45 PM at Chameleon Backpackers. It's a small hostel-style hotel with a central pool, a shared kitchen, secure indoor parking, and a restaurant. They also organize tours (3 Day Express, 3 Day Link, 4 Days Etosha, 7 Day Norbert Adventure), very different from everything we've encountered so far, a kind of atmosphere like in Thailand. There are dormitories, rooms with shared bathrooms, and our little cocoon, the Love Bird, a room located alone on the upper floor with its small balcony, a swing, its bathroom, and its large bed with a thatched roof. A lot of charm while overlooking the pool. We eat before setting off to explore the capital.
Windhoek is a modern and well-maintained city, contrasting completely with the rest of the country. It is heavily influenced by its German colonial heritage, still very present in some streets of the capital. The architecture is colorful and surprising. The skyline is shared between the spires of a neo-baroque cathedral, the unusual silhouette of three castles from the German colonial era, and glass and steel skyscrapers. Office workers head to Zoo Park at lunchtime.
We enjoy the smell of grills at some street corners lined with small single-story houses with zinc roofs.
We first head to Windhoek's emblematic monument, its unofficial symbol: Christuskirche, just a 10-minute walk away. This German Lutheran church rises above the traffic at the center of an intersection. Built in 1907 with local sandstone. The roof and other elements were imported from Europe. The result evokes a gingerbread house.
We then walk along the pedestrian shopping street of **Post Street Mall** to admire African crafts, but on this Sunday, most shops are closed; we'll come back tomorrow. We return via the Wernhil shopping center.
> Today's road itinerary: Return to Windhoek in 3 hours via the B1 then the A1. In the capital, turn left onto Florence Nightingale, then right onto Beethoven Street then C28 then B6, then Bismarck Street. Take Church Street and Trift Street towards Voight Street.
> Gas station: Okahandja or Windhoek.
> Distance driven today: 245 km.
> Accommodation: Chameleon Backpackers & Guesthouse – 49 € for two - 5-7 Voigt St, North Windhoek Central, 9000 Windhoek
**DAY 26: Monday, May 19, 2025: Windhoek, Visit to the Namibian Capital:**
Our last sleep in Namibia... The wake-up is a bit sad; we still enjoy this return to comfort in a real bed. After a hearty breakfast, we check out of our little cocoon at 10 AM. We leave our vehicle in the secure parking lot and return for a walk in the center of Windhoek. On this Monday, the center is immediately livelier while still remaining extremely calm for a capital. The pace of life is slow; employees move slowly without rushing, each task is performed with a slowness that is almost surprising. A few skyscrapers further on, we quickly leave the hyper-center. We retrace our steps to the shopping gallery where we linger for a while. We eat around noon with African music in the background, making us even more nostalgic. Then the trip will gradually come to an end, unfortunately, until the moment when we will have to, not without regret, return our rental vehicle around 3 PM... We stop by the hotel again and then head to the rental agency and then to the airport by shuttle, included in our contract.
At 4:20 PM, we are back at the airport. We see ourselves upon arrival as if it were yesterday... Tears are not far off; we wait, the formalities are much quicker than upon arrival. **We board by walking across the tarmac on foot, escorted by about fifteen Namibians, facing the sunset. It will be there until the end, beautifully drawn on the horizon, to say goodbye to Namibia...**
> Round-trip flight tickets with Lufthansa from Lyon: 2029 €, or **1,014.50 €** per person.
> Vehicle rental: 4x4 Toyota with roof tent for 24 days: Gracious Whisp Car Rentals: 2,638 € (N$50,640) or **1,319 €** per person - (https://gwcarrentals.com/)
**DAY 27: Tuesday, May 20, 2025:** Flight FRA 8:15 AM -> 9:35 AM LYS (Air Dolomite No. 1074)
Total expenses including flight tickets + vehicle rental + visa + Lyon parking + food + fuel:
Cost per person: 3467 € Cost for two: 6935 €
>> All our photos and videos for each day on our website here: (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/voyages-découvertes/namibie-2025/)
>> Find all our photos and videos for each day on our website here: www.montagne-aventure.net
**DAY 1: Thursday, April 24, 2025: Outbound Flights from Lyon to Windhoek via Munich - Visit to Munich:**
Off we go on a new adventure. The alarm rings at 6:30 AM, the travel bags are packed, and we head to Lyon Airport. We booked our flight tickets with Lufthansa. The first leg to Munich, Germany, is operated by AirBaltic. Departure at 1:05 PM for a 1-hour and 20-minute flight. We arrive at 2:30 PM.
**We now have a 7-hour layover, so we take the opportunity to get some fresh air and explore Munich.** We quickly exit Terminal 2 of the airport and head towards the subway. We buy a group day ticket "Airport-city Day Zone M-5," valid for 2 to 5 people at a price of 30.50 € (instead of 16.30 € per person). We take the S8 line to **Marienplatz** in 35 minutes. **This is the heart of the city.** The weather is overcast, quite cool, but dry. Perfect for a little city trip between two flights while leaving our large luggage in transit at the airport. **Munich is the third-largest German city after Berlin and Hamburg, in the Bavaria region.** **The center has a lot of charm and brings together several religious buildings, easy to explore on foot.** We are impressed by the number of people enjoying these 100% pedestrian streets, which are very pleasant. After Marienplatz, the most famous square with the town hall, we head to the Cathedral of Our Lady, a Gothic church, then continue to **Karlsplatz** and move on to **the food market offering a wide selection of high-end food products in an atmosphere where a certain art of living prevails.** We also visit St. Peter's Church before grabbing a bite to eat. Two good hours were enough for this 10 km city walk. It's time to take the subway back: by 6:30 PM, we are back at the airport. Now, it's time for a bit of waiting and rest. Our second flight is scheduled for 9:35 PM for a 9-hour and 30-minute journey to our final destination in Namibia: **Windhoek.**
> Round-trip flight tickets with Lufthansa from Lyon: 2029 €, or 1,014.50 € per person.
> Lyon Airport parking: 120 €
> Today's expenses: 7 € for 2 pizzas in France / 14 € for the restaurant in Munich / 30.50 € for the daily subway ticket in Munich.
**DAY 2: Friday, April 25, 2024: Arrival in Windhoek, Visit to the Namibian Capital:**
After a 9-hour and 30-minute overnight flight with Discover Airlines, we finally land on Namibian soil just before 7:30 AM. The day is breaking, and the colors are already stunning. We are eager despite the usual fatigue from the flight. The airline was punctual, with friendly staff and good meals, though a bit light. We are the first flight of the day to land, with no more than 15 flights per day here, from 7 AM to 8 PM. We disembark on the tarmac at this airport located in the middle of nowhere, **I finally set foot on African soil for the first time.** We exit among the first from the aircraft to go through the long formalities at the front of the line, as the wait can quickly become endless. Allow at least 5 minutes per person for e-visas. We still wait 45 minutes despite only about twenty people ahead of us. Phew, it's done. We collect our luggage and then withdraw money from an ATM. We make 4 withdrawals of the maximum amount, 2000 NAD $ per withdrawal, for a total of 380 €, or 95.33 € per withdrawal.
Our driver arrives at the same time, perfect timing, we were quick.
We leave the airport at 8:45 AM. By 9:30 AM, we arrive at the **Gracious Whisp vehicle rental agency**, located at the entrance of Windhoek, small and human-sized with a fleet of recent vehicles. More formalities, then a short wait as our vehicle is not yet ready. Time to decompress, catch our breath, and enjoy the very pleasant morning temperature. Not a cloud in sight. Next, a briefing on the vehicle, always with a bit of apprehension due to our approximate English. Allow 45 minutes of explanations, including setting up the roof tent, camping equipment, technical information in case of a flat tire, driving tips in Namibia, and a tour of the 4x4. We have all the necessary equipment for camping: mattresses, sleeping bags, pillows, table, chairs, gas stove, BBQ grill... as well as 2 spare tires, a compressor, a dual tank, and accessories for removing wheels. Off we go, it's time to muster our courage and get behind the wheel. **Heading to SuperSpar Maerua**, fortunately located less than 10 minutes away. We park with the help of a parking attendant; it's very crowded, the space is narrow, but everything goes well despite the cursed right-hand drive. Today's new mission: stock up on groceries. The store is well-stocked with local and imported products, catering to all tastes. We spend 114 € on groceries, from pasta to meat, BBQ lighters to dishwashing products. Two people load our groceries into two carts and transfer them to our vehicle; we feel compelled to leave a tip, 50 NAD $, as we don't have change yet. Now, we head to the hotel, 15 minutes away. Traffic is difficult at a complicated intersection; this will likely be the only traffic jam in Namibia. **We arrive at Kate's Nest Guesthouse & Backpackers around 1:15 PM, quite tired.** We take some well-deserved rest at this recent establishment, quite calm with secure private parking. After a short nap, we enjoy the quiet by the hotel pool. Night falls between 6:30 PM and 7 PM. We eat quietly in our room tonight before starting this long 4x4 road trip in camping mode in the heart of Namibia.
> Today's grocery expenses: 114 € at Super Spar Marua (2395.21 NAD $).
> Round-trip flight tickets with Lufthansa from Lyon: 2029 €, or 1,014.50 € per person.
> Vehicle rental: 4x4 Toyota with roof tent for 24 days: Gracious Whisp Car Rentals: 2,638 € (N$50,640) or **1,319 €** per person - (https://gwcarrentals.com/)
> Distance driven today: 15 km.
> Accommodation: Kate's Nest Guesthouse & Backpackers - 4 Aristotles Street Academia, 9000 Windhoek - 36 € for two for one night.
> Windhoek International Airport website: (https://www.airports.com.na/)
**DAY 3: Saturday, April 26, 2025: Windhoek to Hardap: Mariental Region - Kalahari Desert:**
After a good, restful night, we wake up leisurely around 7 AM. We enjoy the comfort provided by this first and last hotel before 24 nights under the tent.
**We leave Kate's Nest Guesthouse at 8:30 AM to tackle the Namibian roads.** We quickly leave the capital; in just 30 minutes, we find ourselves almost alone in the world. The landscape is dotted with small domes. We leave the **paved B1** quickly to turn left onto the **C15**. **From there, we won't see more than 10 vehicles all day.** After passing through the few houses of **Lekkerwaterpoort**, we tackle our first gravel road. These road sections are limited to 100 km/h, but even at 70 km/h, I find it already challenging. However, I quickly get used to it and gradually pick up speed to reach my cruising speed of around 80 to 90 km/h. **We are on immense straight lines crossing wild expanses as far as the eye can see.** **We come across two baboons, a few ostriches, and numerous cattle and sheep farms.** We pass through the charming village of **Uhlenhorst** with its typical houses and children with broad smiles waving at us. Life here is already very different from Windhoek. **The thermometer rises quickly from 16°C at 8:30 AM to over 28°C in the early afternoon.**
**We arrive at the Hardap Dam reserve at 2 PM.** We stop at the toll booth at the park entrance to pay the entrance fee: 250 NAD $ for 2 people and 1 vehicle. We continue to the dam and then the camp entrance, located a bit further. We had booked in advance, but this place remains little frequented by foreigners.
We take advantage of the hottest hours to rest by the large pool overlooking the immense lake, a very enjoyable moment. Would this be a bit of a vacation?
Around 4:30 PM, we head to the campsite. We overlook this vast water reserve. We arrive first; we will be only 3 vehicles spending the night here. It's time to get to work and set up our equipment for the first time. It takes us a good 20 minutes to set everything up, with a slight apprehension about unfolding the tent. Once this task is done, which we will have to repeat for almost a month, we will become much more efficient over time. Time for rest and contemplation in total silence. The sun gradually sets, and the heat quickly becomes bearable again. Bliss! **This dam is located 20 km northwest of Mariental in an area dotted with conical hills topped with dolerite buttons (Hardap means "hillock" in Nama). It captures the Fish River, which flows south, creating a large lake in the middle of an arid environment. The contrast is striking.** We enjoy our first sunset facing this 360° otherworldly landscape.
Around 7 PM, we start our first BBQ, or "braai" as it's called here. The temperature is perfect. The sun sets, giving way to a star-filled sky of incredible beauty thanks to the absence of any light pollution. The Milky Way will lull us throughout the evening. After some good sausages and potatoes on the BBQ, we head to our roof tent around 9:30 PM with a complete change of scenery in just 24 hours. France already seems so far away...
This campsite has shared showers and toilets, quite clean and functional, as well as a central area with several BBQs and tables. The sites are arranged in a semicircle, each with an electrical outlet. The sites are close to each other but spacious, some slightly shaded. We are only three vehicles tonight, so it's perfectly comfortable and quiet. Not to mention the large pool near the restaurant. Our trip is off to a great start.
> Today's road itinerary: Windhoek > Head south on the B1 to Rehoboth > Turn left onto the C25 then C15 to Stampriet > C20 to Hardap > Full north on the B1 > Then turn left onto the M93 - 5 hours of driving.
> Distance driven today: 354 km.
> Accommodation: Hardap Recreation Resort - 23.3 € for two - Large pool - GR6W+3M2, Hardap Game Reserve, Mariental, Namibia - (http://www.nwr.com.na/resorts/hardap-resort/)
**DAY 4: Sunday, April 27, 2025: Hardap - Brukkaros Volcano - Keetmanshoop - Quivertree Forest Rest Camp**
Our first night under the tent was very pleasant; the little wind quickly calmed down, giving way to absolute silence. The mattress is decent, more comfortable than some nights in Nepal. The length and width give us enough space for maximum comfort, despite my height (1.91 m). We wake up a little before 7 AM as the sun rises, and the lights dazzle us from the start of the day. We pack up the equipment in 30 minutes, quite easily. Then we enjoy the sun, which warms up quickly while we keep our light fleece on.
At 8:30 AM, **we hit the road again, heading south** to our first stop in **Mariental**. We want to do some shopping at SuperSpar, but once we arrive in the parking lot, a young local is fighting with the supermarket security guards and then threatens to throw stones. We don't want to take any risks right at the start, so despite the baton blows he receives, he doesn't stop. We leave empty-handed but fill up with fuel at the Shell station 1 km further. The price per liter is 21.33 NAD $, we fill our 107-liter tank for 107 €. In Namibia, you get served, and they bring the card machine to the window to pay. It's then customary to leave a tip.
We then take the B1 heading due south on a recently renovated road. Around 11:30 AM, we leave it on our right to take **a wild gravel road, the M98**. Just before **Berseba**, we turn right onto a small track, the **D3904 towards Brukkaros Crater up to a camp at 1588 m altitude**. The track then becomes too bumpy. We stop on the counter-slopes where **a wide panorama unfolds over these immense plains as far as the eye can see**. It's 12:15 PM, time for us to eat a rice and tuna salad facing this landscape.
**We are alone in the world until a vehicle arrives and parks next to us.** A bit of apprehension, 4 men head towards us. It turns out to be 4 shepherds looking for a lost foal. The conversation is pleasant, lost in the middle of nowhere. We find ourselves alone again in this absolute silence. **The heat becomes stifling with a good 30°C**. We get back on the road around 1 PM. Back on the B1, **we continue due south to Keetmanshoop**, which we reach around 3 PM. We stop there to do some shopping for 262 NAD $ (12 eggs, a can of tuna, a can of corn, bread, a soda, and a 5-liter water container), or 12.48 €. Two quite insistent children ask us for money or candy at the store exit, yet we give them a small tip, but they continue to cling to the car. Locals parked next to us tell them to leave us alone. Anyway, we finish the trip to **Quivertree Forest**, 15 km away. We will spend the night in this **pleasant farm run by a German**. Upon arrival, as the day before, and as I suppose in the future, we dive straight into the cool pool to relax after all these kilometers. A bliss. Then we take our 4x4 and choose a spot near these famous trees. After the 33°C this afternoon, once 4 PM passed, the temperature drops again and becomes very pleasant. **We are in the middle of the Kokerboom, one of the most interesting and characteristic plants of hot and arid regions. It's not really a tree but a variant of the aloe plant whose botanical name is Aloe Dichotoma. This Kokerboom has a smooth and thick trunk reaching up to 1 m in thickness and 9 m in height. They bloom for the first time at the age of 20 to 30 years.** The flowers are yellow and reach about thirty centimeters during the season between June and July. **They grow mainly in an environment with a high concentration of black rocks absorbing a large amount of heat (38°C). The rocks also serve to anchor the tree with its tentacle-like roots. It also resists frost. Each is between 200 and 300 years old.**
Around 5 PM, we walk to the farm reception to watch the feeding of **two cheetahs**. Magnificent carnivores taking their time to savor their piece of meat. **Then we return near our campsite to enjoy the sunset among these trees. The colors are sublime, as every evening apparently. A magnificent spectacle with colors evolving from yellow to orange then to pink, before giving way once again to a sky filled with thousands of stars.** Our campsite at Quiver Tree Forest Camp is very comfortable; we have a water supply, a stone table, a small lamp, an electrical outlet, a small tree for shade, and a BBQ that we won't use tonight; we'll cook on gas. The sites are far apart, with some shared facilities scattered around, a very beautiful setting. No reservation possible, no need, just show up directly. **The campsite accommodation for 2 people costs 28 €, including the reserve entrance fee of 5 €**. We finish this second bivouac evening around 9:30 PM, time for some reading and sleep in peaceful silence without wind.
> Today's road itinerary: Mariental > B1 heading south to Brukkaros > At Tses turn right towards Berseba via the M98 > Turn right onto the D3904 > 8 km > Brukkaros Volcano (stop at the lower camp as the track is difficult for 1 hour) > Keetmanshoop > Turn left onto the M29 > Quivertree Forest - 4 hours of driving.
> Distance driven today: 371 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries for 12.48 € (262 NAD $) / Fuel for 107 € (1 liter of diesel for 21.33 NAD $).
> Accommodation: Quivertree Forest Rest Camp, P.O. Box 262, Keetmanshoop, Namibia - BBQ, hot showers, toilets, and electricity - No reservation - Pool - 18 €/Person (N$ 340.00 with park entrance) - (http://www.quivertreeforest.com/)
**DAY 5: Monday, April 28, 2025: Quivertree Forest Rest Camp - Giant's Playground - Keetmanshoop - Fish River Canyon - Canyon Roadhouse:**
After an excellent start to the night, we are woken up by the wind shortly before 6 AM, but the sunrise is not far off. We get up at 6:30 AM to enjoy it. The atmosphere is a bit cooler this morning, but the reward is already here.
The adventure continues. At 7:45 AM, we head towards **Giant's Playground**, 4 km away. We take a 3-kilometer walk through this expanse of blocks and igneous rocks.
We continue south at 8:45 AM, passing through Keetmanshoop again where we do some shopping for 25 €, a big stock-up for a good part of the trip: meats, canned goods, pasta, fruits... At 9:30 AM, we take the B4 to Fish River Canyon.
At 11:30 AM, we arrive at the entrance to the NWR park (350 NAD $ entrance for 2 people and 1 vehicle). The track becomes bumpy immediately upon entering the park. After about ten kilometers, we come upon this landscape carved by nature. In the end, it's well worth the detour. We were at the Grand Canyon in the USA exactly (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/2024/04/29/j21-3-juin-2024-grand-canyon-et-lac-powell/) and can thus confirm that this Fish River Canyon is comparable. We make several stops along the southern flank. **Here, nothing is developed; nature is almost in the wild state.** **With 160 km in length, up to 27 km in width, and a depth of 150 m, it is indeed the second-largest canyon in the world.** The history of the canyon is apparent in its different earth layers and stratification: the antiquity of the place is tangible, and the absence of vegetation is surprising. **It consists of two nested canyons, formed at distinct periods. The first distinct layer of schist, sandstone, and eruptive material surrounding the canyon was formed a few two billion years ago, then transformed due to heat and pressure into more solid rock such as gneiss. The inner canyon, carved more recently by the Fish River, has a depth of 270 m.**
We have a picnic once again alone in the world facing this grand panorama at the **Sulphur Spring View Point**. This is where the hiking trail begins, plunging into this narrow canyon, but it is forbidden to venture there alone without a guide. It's 30°C, but a slight wind makes the atmosphere bearable. At 1 PM, we retrace our steps and continue to the **Main View Point** then to the **Hikers View Point**.
In the south of Namibia, the Fish River Canyon, 160 km long, is a true geological wonder: a canyon nested within another canyon, one of the largest in the world. The first sedimentary layers formed two billion years ago; 500 million years ago, a period of tectonic activity caused these layers to crack and tilt, opening a vast canyon in the Earth's crust. The second canyon, with a depth of 270 m, was carved over time by the passage of the Fish River in this new valley.
At 3 PM, we arrive at our very charming camp for the evening, the **Canyon Road House**. We fill up with fuel right away because tomorrow we have a long day of isolated driving: 55 liters for 1240 NAD $. Then we settle into the campsite we had previously reserved in France. We are assigned site 2, very well set up under a tree with its BBQ and stone table just steps from the pool. We quickly set up the tent and jump straight into the pool for the relaxation moment of the day. As usual, the water is quite cool, but it's a real pleasure. Then we stroll around this Canyon Road House, which recreates the atmosphere of the roadside inns of the 1950s with old car wrecks and vintage gas pumps in a bygone era. **Around 5:45 PM, we start a short walk leading us to the top of a hill overlooking the wide plateau where we are to watch the sunset.**
And finally, to end this beautiful day, it's time for the braai, with grilled sausages and white beans on the evening menu.
> Park entrance: 150 DN/person + 50 DN/vehicle (18 € for two). It is possible to enter at two access points: Hobas in the north and Ai-Ais in the south.
> Today's road itinerary: M29 > Keetmanshoop > B1 > B4 > C12 (track) > After Holoog turn right onto the D601 (C37 track) > Accommodation on our right (stop just to check in before 6 PM) > Continue 30 km (30 minutes of track) to the viewpoints after Hobas where you must pay the entrance fee. Sunset View Point to the left > Return before sunset as the park closes (best lights at sunrise). 3 hours.
> Distance driven today: 228 km.
> Distance walked today: 10 km.
> Today's expenses: 25 € for groceries / 17 € for the Fish River Canyon park entrance / 58 € for fuel.
> Accommodation: Canyon Roadhouse, Gondwana Collection Namibia – 34.4 € for two - Pool - Near Hobas - (http://www.gondwana-collection.com/fr/accommodation/canyon-road-campsite)
**DAY 6: Tuesday, April 29, 2025: Canyon Roadhouse - Orange River - South African Border - Vista Trail - Gondwana Sperrgebiet Park - Aus:**
The night was excellent in this very comfortable campsite. **We wake up to the sound of birds** before the alarm at 6:45 AM. Our little morning routine starts as the sun rises. **A big day of driving awaits us to the South African border. This will be the southernmost point of our journey.** We hit the road at 8 AM via the C37, pass through **Hobas**, then turn onto the D207 to **Aussenkehr.** **We cross a mountainous barrier with some high peaks and perfect cones. The rock varies from orange to pink to black.**
We then cross a lunar desert as far as the eye can see on a giant dome; the track winds through nowhere without meeting anyone for hours. The landscapes are surprising. **We spot several ostriches and a gemsbok.** In the middle of this endless expanse, we come to an improbable intersection and continue right onto the D278.
In the middle of these arid lands, we come across a green zone: a vast vineyard. At 10:30 AM, **we come across a "Road closed" sign, fortunately, a local resident waves us to continue; a bit stressed, we proceed.** We start to follow the beautiful Orange River. On the other side of the bank, just a few meters away, South Africa is there. It is the second-longest river in Southern Africa, after the Zambezi. It flows over 2,000 km to the Atlantic. After passing through narrow gorges, we regain altitude before starting the descent, gently heading back north.
**We now cross and follow the Fish River, which joins the Orange River further south** **along this gorge dating back millennia.** At exactly noon, we take a lunch break by the Fish River, still without meeting a soul in this landscape between greenery and aridity. The temperature here is cooler with a pleasant 23°C on the banks, the perfect spot. **We continue on the track to Rosh Pinah**, where we find a paved road again. **The section along the Orange River and the Fish River was officially closed, but we were able to pass without any issues, avoiding a detour of at least 3 hours.** Phew. We now drive at high speed (limited to 120 km/h) through these vast spaces. We come across many ostriches after the **dozens of monkeys along the Fish River**. Around 3 PM, 3 km after the very small town of **Aus**, we reach **our campsite for the evening at Klein Aus Vista**. A new **small peaceful haven very well set up**. As usual, after checking in at reception, we jump straight into the beautiful pool to get our well-deserved dose of coolness, another good thermal shock that our bodies appreciate. Once this moment of relaxation is over, we take our 4x4 to reach the campsite located a bit higher, set apart at the foot of a hill that overlooks us.
After setting up, **around 5 PM, we head to the Vista Trail to climb to the top of a mountain overlooking the vast plain that surrounds us at 360°**. It takes about 30 minutes to climb. The place is just magical, **the perfect viewpoint to admire the sunset**. **We fully savor the moment. We also spot one of the few wild horses in the world capable of living in the desert.** Their numbers have decreased in recent years due to predation and drought (around 100 to 150). At 7 PM, we return to the camp, time for the braai and preparing the meal in this peaceful little camp.
In the south of Namibia, the Fish River Canyon, 160 km long, is a true geological wonder: a canyon nested within another canyon, one of the largest in the world. The first sedimentary layers formed two billion years ago; 500 million years ago, a period of tectonic activity caused these layers to crack and tilt, opening a vast canyon in the Earth's crust. The second canyon, with a depth of 270 m, was carved over time by the passage of the Fish River in this new valley.
> Today's road itinerary: 5 hours of driving: D324 heading south (track) > turn right onto the C10 (track) > D316 heading south > turn right onto the C13 > In Aus turn left onto the B4 > Campsite via a track on the left.
> Fuel station: Solitaire or Aus.
> Distance driven today: 398 km.
> Distance walked today: 7 km.
> Accommodation: Klein-Aus Vista Desert Horse Campsite - Farm Klein-Aus No 8 on the B4 main road to Luederitz Aus 9000, Aus, Namibia - (http://www.klein-aus-vista.com/accommodation/desert-horse-campsite/) 17908 420 DN - Water + Shared shower (hot water). No electricity.
**DAY 7: Wednesday, April 30, 2025: Aus - Kolmanskop - Diaz Point - Luderitz - Kanaan Desert:**
We wake up around 6:45 AM, with partly cloudy weather for once; we feel the ocean's influence gradually. But the sun isn't far off. At 7 AM, we leave the campsite heading west towards Luderitz via the B4. **First stop of the day: Kolmanskop, the ghost town we reach at 8:30 AM**, entry costs 180 NAD $ per person. We discover this **timeless place** in 1.5 hours, moving from building to building amidst violent sand-laden gusts of wind. There's a lot of charm in these different living spaces. **The sand quickly reclaimed the place after this mining town was abandoned.** This was once the headquarters of Consolidated Diamond Mines. It's hard to believe that this former town, where the diamond industry once flourished, had a hospital, a bowling alley, and a theater. The decline in diamond sales after World War II and the discovery of richer deposits put an end to this golden age. By 1956, the town was already completely deserted, and the sand had reclaimed its rights. **These dilapidated buildings swallowed by shifting dunes have something surreal about them.**
At 10:15 AM, we hit the road again **heading to Luderitz, 22 km away**, and first to **Diaz Point** **facing the Atlantic Ocean**. It's a wind-swept peninsula with its characteristic red and white lighthouse. There's a campsite and a coffee shop on site, but the place doesn't inspire rest without shade or shelter from the wind. We return to the city via the D701 track that runs along the ocean, be careful at low tide. We come across **a few fishermen and a fox as well as flamingos.**
We walk through the few streets of the city, much smaller than I imagined, then climb to the **famous little Lutheran church that overlooks the city, the Felsenkirchr.** **The wind blows very strongly here, and the sand is omnipresent, surrounded by the Namib Desert and the southern Atlantic coast.** **A German colonial relic barely touched by the 21st century, Luderitz seems frozen in the past, giving it both a gloomy and a certain charm. In short, it's certainly one of the most incongruous places in Africa.**
At 1:15 PM, just before leaving Luderitz, we do some shopping for 20.50 € and fill up with fuel: 61.50 €, 1290 NAD $ for 61 liters (21.18 $ per liter).
**We return via the B4 to Aus** (paved), **then via rougher tracks**, the C13 then the D707, magnificent as it runs along a mountain range with multiple colors on our right and an endless flat desert on the other side.
To access our campsite for the evening, we must take a **narrow private track for 7 km** on our right to emerge, in this total vastness, at the **isolated Kanaan Desert Retreat on a small hill**. I don't have time today to jump into the pool near the reception; we arrive at 5 PM at 8 small, isolated, and unique sites with a small kitchen, a shower, and a private toilet under a small tarp shelter. **A crazy charm with a unique view...** **This will be my favorite accommodation of this trip. The photos speak for themselves.** We jump into the outdoor shower while savoring the landscape, then prepare our evening braai while enjoying the colors fading, facing this plateau with bushes turning a vivid orange. **A moment that will remain etched for life.** **Savanna atmosphere under a thin emerging moon. Every minute offers different colors. Facing our meal, we have a natural giant screen.**
We end this day contemplating the stars and admire this thin orange moon setting on the horizon (8:42 PM).
**Ghost town just before Luderitz: Kolmanskop** (open from 8 AM to 3 PM - N$ 180 p.p – 9 €). Once, Kolmanskoppe was organized around diamond mining. After finding new, more prolific spots, the town was abandoned and is now a ghost town. The sand and dunes have reclaimed their rights and buried everything humans had built. Houses, train station, bakery, everything has been covered by sand, which passes through the windows, even though they are 1 meter high.
> Today's road itinerary: 5h30: B4 to Luderitz (paved) > Round trip > Kolmanskop on the left > Return via the previous campsite > Then C13 (track) > Turn left D707 (track) > Then track to the right to the campsite.
> Distance driven today: 438 km.
> Distance walked today: 8 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries at the Spar in Luderitz for 20.50 € / Fuel fill-up in Luderitz for 61.50 €.
> Official Kolmanskop website: (https://kolmanskuppe.com) (open from 8 AM to 1 PM - N$ 180 p.p – 9 €).
> Accommodation: Night at the south of the Namibrand Nature Reserve: Kanaan Desert Retreat – 26.5 € for two - (http://www.kanaannamibia.com/) - Farm 104 Karas 9000 - Sanitary facilities + BBQ + Water + Pool - No electricity - My favorite accommodation of this trip.
**DAY 8: Thursday, May 1, 2025: Kanaan Desert Retreat - Namib Desert - Crossing the Namibrand Nature Reserve – Sesriem Canyon - Elim Dune - Little Sossus Lodge**
After a cooler night than the previous ones with about 10°C, we wake up around 7 AM. We admire, as usual, the sunrise between the desert and the mountains. **The spot from last night was truly perfect, isolated from the world, in total serenity, with a wake-up call to the sound of birds.**
We hit the road a little after 8 AM, heading north via the D707 to Spes Bona, then the gravel road C27 via Betta to Sesriem. **The landscapes roll by and dazzle us.** **We are right in the heart of the Namibrand reserve**, coming across numerous **zebras**, **impalas**, **ruminants that reproduce in large numbers**, and **gemsboks**. At noon, we stop in the shade of a tree to eat. The spot is so romantic facing orange arid mountains and a vast green plateau. **A landscape full of contrasts, timeless and silent.**
**The Namib Desert is the oldest on the planet; its name means "vast arid plain," and it also gave its name to the entire country: Namibia.** The majority of these arid and semi-arid lands dotted with viewpoints are part of the Namib-Naukluft National Park, which covers 23,000 km².
At 1 PM, we enter the Sossusvlei park. We start with the **Sesriem Canyon**, which is 3 km long and 30 m deep. We enter it with a short 1-hour hike into its depths. **It was carved by the Tsauchab River in an agglomerate of sand and pebbles over 15 million years old.** We retrace our steps back to Sesriem, which means "six belts," referring to the number of leather belts (from ox wagons) needed to draw water from the canyon. This remote locality is mainly the gateway to Sossusvlei but offers a gas station and some accommodations. For our part, we sleep 40 km away tonight.
**We then move on to Elim Dune.** It takes about 45 minutes of walking to reach its summit, and the climb is very breath-taking as we progress in the sand where we almost slide back with each step. **A first grand 360° panorama unfolds. The ochre color of the sand contrasts completely with the yellow plain and the brown and black mountains in the distance.**
At 3:15 PM, we start the descent facing Sesriem. We were completely alone once again on this dune. **These Namib dunes are composed of colored quartzite sand, presenting hues ranging from cream to orange and from red to purple. Unlike the ancient dunes of the Kalahari, these move with the wind and adopt distinct, ever-changing shapes.** Star dunes resemble stars seen from above, while transverse dunes, like those on the coast south of Walvis Bay, stand perpendicular to the prevailing southwest wind. The most stable dunes, which thus have the most vegetation, are parabolic dunes, due to the variability of the winds. Longitudinal (seif) dunes measure up to 100 m in height, while barchan dunes, crescent-shaped and predominant at the extreme north of the Skeleton Coast and south of Luderitz, are the most mobile, created by unidirectional winds.
**We get back on the road for 45 minutes to our campsite for the evening, Little Sossus, which we reach at 5 PM**, via C27 then right onto C19. As often upon our arrival, I jump into the cool pool to relax after all this driving, then we proceed to set up the camp. As the day before, the campsite consists of 10 fairly distant sites, with private sanitary facilities and a small roof. We are delighted with this crazy charm. The hot water for our shower is wood-heated: a Namibian lights it every evening around 5 PM.
For a change, or not, the menu features a small BBQ with pork ribs and pasta, facing another sunset, this time with partial cloud cover giving equally splendid colors. Time for a well-deserved rest after long corrugated tracks covered in our 4x4 today.
> Today's road itinerary: 4h45 of driving: Find the D707 and head north (track) > At Spesbona turn left onto the C27 (track) > At Sesriem after entering the park, turn left following View Point Sesriem > Continue 4.5 km to the Sesriem Canyon Parking > Return then head towards Elim Dune > Exit the park then take the D826 > Turn right onto the C19 heading SE > Turn right facing the D854 to the campsite (campsite closes at 7 PM).
> Distance driven today: 272 km.
> Distance walked today: 8 km.
> Today's expenses: Entry to the Sossusvlei Namib-Naukluft Park: 17 € for two (with one car).
> Accommodation: Little Sossus Lodge – 35 € for two - At the junction of the C19 and D854 roads Maltahohe 9000, Maltahohe, Namibia - (http://www.littlesossus.net/) - Pool + Private bathroom + Hot water + Electricity + BBQ + Grocery store (bread to order the day before).
**DAY 9: Friday, May 2, 2025: Little Sossus Lodge - Namib-Naukluft National Park – Sesriem - Sossusvlei - Big Daddy – Deadvlei - Tsauchab River Camp**
Today we start the day early to tackle **the famous dunes of Sossusvlei at first light**. The alarm goes off at 6 AM to leave the camp at 6:45 AM. The wind is blowing quite strongly in gusts this morning, but it only woke us up a quarter of an hour before sunrise. The park opens at 7:15 AM. We start with a small encounter: a friendly **jackal lounging by the roadside.**
We first have to cover the 40 km of track to Sesriem, pay the entrance fee (350 NAD $), and drive 65 km on a paved road this time to reach the **vast salt pan (a lake whose sediments are made of salts) of Sossusvlei**. **It appears amidst the gigantic red dunes that rise on either side. The wind constantly changes the shape of the dunes, as well as their colors, which vary with the light. The setting is breathtaking, giving an impression of immensity and timeless grandeur.**
The paved road ends; the last 4 kilometers become technical and are reserved for 4x4s. Phew, I pass without any problems, though not without stress, switching to L4 mode. **We start the ascent to Big Daddy at 8:45 AM, 325 m of elevation gain in the sand nonetheless.** We climb at an excellent speed despite the strong wind, in exactly 1 hour. At 9:45 AM, we are at the summit of what will remain etched for a long time. The 360° view is simply unimaginable; you have to experience it to believe it. The wind blows violently up there, **it feels like being in the high mountains, on a snow ridge, with a strong transport of sand. The atmosphere is magical.** We start the descent running barefoot in the steep sand.
**We then move on to its neighbor, Deadvlei.** **Here, petrified trees stand in the "vlei" (basin) with their dried branches casting desolate shadows on the white ground. The juxtaposition of the deep blue sky and the towering dunes is captivating.**
We return to the 4x4 parking at 11 AM, the stress rises again for the sandy track passage. We retrace our steps and stop at **Dune 45**.
At noon, we take the opportunity to picnic at the foot of **the beautiful Dune 40**, where there is already no one left. We enjoy the quiet again, well, almost, as the wind remains omnipresent.
At 1 PM, we return to **Sesriem**, where we fill up with fuel (21.15 NAD $ per liter), totaling 1630 for 77 liters (78 €), and do some shopping for 245 NAD $ (two nice pieces of pork, 2 cans, 2 sandwiches for tomorrow, and 1 soda), which is 12.48 €. It's 27°C. We hit the road again, heading to a new destination at 2 PM. We take the C19 back to Little Sossus where we spent the night, then turn left onto the gravel road D854 for about 40 km to **Tsauchab River camp**. Finally, we won't be sleeping here; we are redirected 7 km downstream to **Naukluft View Camp**, which also belongs to Tsauchab River Camp.
We arrive at 4 PM, and thankfully, the fatigue was starting to set in. **Our campsite is located under a small forest, providing some protection from the wind that blew strongly all day. The calm does us a world of good. Once again, a lot of charm**, with very spaced-out sites without any visibility. We can't wait to take our shower. It will be possible from 5 PM with, as the day before, water heated by a wood fire. Time to prepare the campsite for the night. And on the menu, a braai with two superb pieces of pork bought in Sesriem and fries!!!!
**The Namib Desert**
An impressive coastal desert stretching from the Atlantic to a high plateau inland, the narrow Namib Desert runs along the southwest African coast for about 1,300 km. **Considered one of the oldest deserts in the world**, it is bordered to the north by the Kaokoland Desert, which extends into Angola, and to the south by South Africa's Karoo. The narrow Namib is mostly less than 160 km wide. Despite this, it is considered to consist of three sections: the coastal strip influenced by the Atlantic; the Outer Namib, occupying what remains of the western half; and the Inner Namib, comprising the eastern half of the desert. Generally called the Skeleton Coast, the coastal Namib receives almost no rain and depends on regular marine fogs for moisture. From sea level, the terrain rises to 900 m, where the desert meets the base of the Great Escarpment to the east. In the Inner Namib, average annual rainfall is only about 50 mm.
The dryness is such a characteristic of the Namib that it is thought to have been in this arid state for at least 55 million years. It is all the more surprising to learn that animals such as vipers, geckos, zebras, and elephants live in this desert. Some areas of the Namib are also rich in flora, including Welwitschia mirabilis, which grows near the ground with seemingly exhausted leaves, extracting moisture from marine fogs and can live over 1,000 years. In the southern Namib, some dunes are up to 32 km long and 240 m high.
**The frequent fog of the Skeleton Coast:** Driving north along the coast of Namibia, the cold Benguela Current in the Atlantic cools the moist air above the ocean, which, upon meeting the warm desert air, leads to the formation of thick fog banks that drift up to 100 km into the center of the Namib before evaporating under the sun.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of driving: C19 towards Sesriem (track) > D826 (paved) > Foot of Big Daddy via a technical sandy track > Return via the same route > D854 to Tsauchab.
> Gas station: Sesriem.
> Distance driven today: 254 km.
> Distance walked today: 12 km.
> Today's expenses: Park entry at Sesriem for 2 people: 17 € / Fuel fill-up: 78 € / Groceries at Sesriem gas station: 12 € (245 NAD $).
> Accommodation: Tsauchab River Camp - Naukluft View Camp - D054 & D850 GPS: S24 26' 37" E16 10' 11" Sossusvlei 22007, Maltahohe, Namibia - BBQ + Private sanitary facilities + Water - www.tsauchab.com
**DAY 10: Saturday, May 3, 2025: Tsauchab River Camp - Naukluft National Park - Olive Trail Hike (10 km) - Ababis Guest Farm**
We pack up the camp at 8 AM and continue our road trip north via the D854, a bumpy track with many corrugated sections. It's cool this morning, 12°C.
**We enter the Naukluft massif, discovering landscapes with very different terrain than before.** We first need to check in at the campsite, 13 km from the entrance at the end of the track: 350 NAD $ for 2 people and 1 vehicle, then return 4 km back. **On the agenda is the lovely Olive Trail, a 10 km hiking loop that starts 4 km northwest of the park office**, along the D854 that we follow. At 9:45 AM, the hike begins with a fairly steep ascent (about 45 minutes) among the **wild olive trees** from which the trail gets its name. **At the summit, we enjoy a view that embraces the Naukluft Valley.** We then turn east and gradually descend into a deep valley, passing over sometimes slippery rocks. We have a snack around 11:30 AM in these small gorges. **Further on, to cross the wall of a canyon in front of us, some chains are fixed to the rock to help us pass.** We finish this superb loop clockwise at 1:15 PM, taking 3.5 hours including 30 minutes of breaks. We only crossed a small group of 3 people on this wild adventure far from everything. At 1:45 PM, we exit the park and take the **D854 track north to Bullsport**. From there, we turn left and take the C14, which **runs along the bed of the Tsondab River.**
**We arrive at our campsite for the evening, Ababis Guest Farm, at 3 PM.** Quite early for once, allowing us to rest a bit in this peaceful farm where many sheep wander around us. We also enjoy the pool under a magnificent sun, less hot than the previous days, it's 22°C. The camp has only 4 spaced-out sites around shared sanitary facilities. **We are in the middle of a vast plain facing the Naukluft massif mountains.** We will have another beautiful sunset on these mountains. For the first time on this trip, **we will be completely alone at this campsite.** **We haven't encountered many people today**, just 3 during the hike and fewer than 10 vehicles all day.
> Today's road itinerary: Head north on the D854 (track) > Turn left to enter the Naukfluft National Park > Continue on the track then turn right to the Olive Trail hike parking lot (1 hour for 45 km). Return to the D854 and continue north > At Bullsport turn left onto the C14 to Ababis (still a track) > The camp is located on the left facing the D1261 (1 hour for 60 km from Olive Trail). Total: 2 hours of driving for 100 km.
> Gas station: No gas station on the route, except in Solitaire.
> Distance driven today: 115 km.
> Distance walked today: 13 km.
> Accommodation: Ababis Gaestefarm - Night booked by email – payment on site: (https://www.ababis-gaestefarm.de/) - P.O.Box 1004, Maltahöhe - N$ 300.00 per person
**DAY 11: Sunday, May 4, 2025: Ababis Gaestefarm - Namib-Naukluft National Park – Solitaire - Gaub Pass - Kuiseb Canyon - Moon Landscape - Walvis Bay**
The night was, for the first time since the start of this road trip, quite difficult. A strong wind accompanied us all night, making the tent flap constantly. A racket that drove us crazy. We still managed to sleep a few hours. The morning sun brings back our smiles. We hit the road for this new stage a little before 7:45 AM.
We start the day with a first stop less than 15 km away **on the C14 in Solitaire** at 8:15 AM. **This town is lost in the middle of nowhere with its small gas station with a western atmosphere adorned with rusted and sand-covered car wrecks.** After a quick supply stop: 86 NAD $, or 4 € for 1 water container and a box of cookies, we continue north still on the C14, **crossing the Tropic of Capricorn** then devouring this **magnificent track up to Gaub Pass**. **A succession of narrow gorges, turns, climbs, and descents breaking the monotony of the previous long straight lines.** We are right in the heart of no man's land for 200 km. We then start the descent to the **Kuiseb Canyon. It houses the wide bed of the eponymous river, dry almost all year.** Even when it flows for 2 to 3 weeks during the rainy season, it doesn't go beyond Gobabeb and then seeps into the sand. **The drinking water that supplies Walvis Bay is pumped at Rooibank from this underground water table.** **We now cross the Kuiseb Desert where impressive dunes roll down.** We make a short stop at a **natural rock arch** reminding us of our (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/2024/04/29/j19-1-juin-2024-canyonlands-national-park-et-arches-national-park/). Then we gradually descend towards **Walvis Bay** where we will spend the night. At noon, we enter the **Dorob National Park**. The thermometer drops 10°C in 10 minutes as we get closer to the Atlantic Ocean.
At 12:45 PM, much earlier than initially planned, we arrive at the **Moon Landscape** (View Point 4, free) to have a snack, via a very recent surprising dual carriageway in the middle of nowhere, then via the C28. We are again in the hinterlands, the temperature has soared: 30°C without a bit of shade. Even if the colors and the panorama must be exceptional at sunrise or sunset, the detour for this 360° panorama is still worth it. Extreme aridity as far as the eye can see. The place lives up to its name; it really feels like being on the moon. We get back on the road at 1:30 PM via the D1991, C28, then again the A2, which is very new. The latter runs along the beautiful dunes up to the **Dune 7**, where we make another stop.
Then we head towards our final destination of the day, **Walvis Bay. Its port is sheltered by a sand spit, a natural breakwater that protects the city from the powerful assaults of the ocean. Its port was long a strategic place: claimed by the Cape Colony in 1795, it was officially annexed by the British in 1878 to counter Germany's ambitions in the region. A colony of fur seals, pelicans, flamingos, and whale terns have made it their home.**
We do a big grocery shopping at the Spar located in the center for 66 €; it's very easy to park there. Then we fill up with fuel at an Engen station right across for 1117 NAD $ for 54 liters (20.6 NAD $ per liter), which is 54 €. We then **enjoy the seaside in the Lagoon neighborhood**, where it's also easy to park. After kilometers in the desert, **this cool break is more than welcome. The outside temperature is 22°C. In the distance, we can clearly see the clouds lingering over Swakopmund.**
We take the 4x4 one last time to the **Lagoon Chalets where we will spend the night**. The spot is well set up and surprising in the heart of a residential neighborhood. The sites are quite large, separated by fences around very comfortable shared sanitary facilities. BBQ, electricity, and shaded area. We settle in quietly before going out on foot to watch the **sunset over the Pacific Ocean along Lagoon Promenade Road**. We can still see this impressive persistent mist in the distance. The neighborhood is very peaceful, certainly without much charm, but with a very well-developed seafront that inspires relaxation after kilometers without meeting anyone in inhospitable lands. We end the day with our traditional braai: grilled chicken thighs and sautéed potatoes in the coolness of a starry sky.
> Today's road itinerary: 5h30 of driving (or 3h30 of driving for 250 km without the Moon Landscape): Head north on the C14 > Cross the Tropic of Capricorn > Gaub Pass > Kuiseb Canyon on our left in a round trip > Continue to Green Valley and leave the C14 to the right on the D1984 > Turn right on the C28 > Then left D1991 to Moon Landscape D1991 View Point 4 > Return via the same road and stop at Dune 7 for sunset > Walvis Bay.
> Gas station: Solitaire or Walvis Bay.
> Distance driven today: 372 km.
> Distance walked today: 5 km.
> Today's expenses: Fuel fill-up for 54 € + Groceries for 66 € at Spar.
> Accommodation: Walvis Bay: Lagoon Chalets – 36.6 € for two - (http://www.lagoonchaletswb.com/) - 8th Road West, Meersig Meersig 9000, Walvis Bay, Namibia - BBQ – Electricity – Shared sanitary facilities.
**DAY 12: Monday, May 5, 2025: Walvis Bay - Swakopmund - Round Trip to Cape Cross (seals) - Wreck of the Zeila en route - Henties Bay - Spitzkoppe Tented Camp & Campsite**
After an excellent night, a bit cooler and more humid than usual, we wake up around 7 AM and leave the camp at 7:45 AM to **follow the Atlantic coast heading north**. We thus leave **Walvis Bay**, a very pleasant stopover town, and follow the ocean via the B2. **We enter the mist and Swakopmund** at 8:40 AM, parking **near the lighthouse**. The atmosphere is very quiet, the streets seem dead with large empty parking lots and very little traffic, but the few open shops are filled with expatriates enjoying their breakfasts, French bakeries, cafes, travel agencies... **We are in this Benguela Current, a fast cold ocean current that flows from South Africa, up the coasts of Namibia and Angola, towards the northwest to join a warm equatorial current. Hence the supply of very fish-rich waters and this tenacious mist depending on the seasons. In the northern part of the Namib Desert, fogs are frequent during the southern winter. It's almost the only source of moisture since the city of Swakopmund receives, on average, only 11 liters of water per m² in December and January.**
**Swakopmund is wedged between the dunes and the Atlantic rollers. It is the Namibian capital of adventure activities and has a ghostly colonial remnant. With its German architecture, its seaside promenade, it resembles a seaside town of the North Sea or the Baltic.** It is also a bustling African city. **Nearly two-thirds of Swakopmund's population live in Mondesa, a township created during apartheid, northeast of the city center, a legacy of the South African mandate.** The heart of the city is located in the area of the pier, at the foot of the lighthouse, better known as the Mole. During the South African occupation of Swakopmund, the port took a back seat to Walvis Bay.
Continuing on this C34, sometimes on salt, we come across the famous **wreck of the Zeila, stranded in 2008**, on our left. We can see it through the thick fog, being very close to the beach. It's 10:15 AM. Further on, Henties Bay is a bay that attracts many fishermen; it's teeming with vehicles equipped with fishing rods. Besides its fish-rich waters, it enjoys a relaxed atmosphere and a large beach suitable for walks.
We continue further north, heading to Cape Cross, this time a round trip because we will turn off later here in Henties Bay to reach Spitzkoppe via good gravel roads that are quiet alternatives to the very busy paved B2 further south. **Henties Bay is part of the Dorob National Park, a multi-purpose park protecting coastal ecosystems and hosting the many renowned recreational activities of the region. The part of the coast north of Swakopmund up to the Ugab is particularly popular with fishermen who come in droves to fish for saltwater fish.** The small concrete buildings spaced at regular intervals are actually toilets for fishermen and campers. The coastline is also dotted with world-renowned surf spots.
Even before arriving, we can already smell it before we come across thousands of seals (population in 2021: 1.5 million). **The Cape Cross Seal Reserve, the most renowned on the Namibian coast, is home to the most famous breeding colony of fur seals, which seems to take full advantage of the high concentrations of fish present in the icy waters of the Benguela Current. We are impressed by the sight of these 100,000 pinnipeds lounging on the beach and frolicking in the waves.** We have a picnic a little away from the smells facing the ocean in the sun.
At 12:45 PM, it's time to hit the road again. We retrace our steps back to Henties Bay. We stop there to do another big grocery run before not encountering any big cities for many days. We will only buy fresh items day by day until the end of the trip; we have 23 € worth. **In the space of 30 minutes, we go from 15 to 36°C. The thermal shock with an amplitude of more than 20°C.** At 1:45 PM, we hit the road again via the D1918, then we try a very small track on our left, the D1925. It becomes narrow and rough; I have a bit of apprehension. We arrive at a gate to open in the middle of nowhere, then young children run up to us asking for water or food... We then drive to **Spitzkoppe. The arrival right in front of the mountains is majestic, off the beaten path. This mountain appears in the distance like a mirage above the dusty plains of southern Damaraland.** We come across a second gate held by a guard. We enter the "Community Camp" campsite without realizing it through the west entrance. We are given a small paper, then we go to the reception passing **at the foot of these gigantic, magnificent rocks.** Once at the reception, we are informed that this is not the camp we had booked. Ours is located just a little further, and in the end, it's better because the latter was packed. We were able to cross the park very close to these rocks without paying. We exit through the main entrance; 5 Himba children cling to our doors and trunk asking for bread and food again. We continue despite them staying attached, worried about hurting them. Phew, more fear than harm. We cross the few houses and arrive at the right camp at 4:30 PM, the Spitzkoppe Tented & Campsite. The spot is much quieter and well set up. We have site C12, cozy to perfection with its sink, a private shower and toilet, as well as electricity, under the shade of a tree and facing the mountains. The sunset and sunrise will be perfect. We set up the tent and, without delay, head to the pool for a big dose of coolness. Then it's time to prepare the BBQ and **contemplate the fading lights on the Spitzkoppe massif.**
> Today's road itinerary: 5 hours of driving: Head north on the B2 (paved) along the ocean > Swakopmund > C34 (paved) still heading north > On the left, the wreck of the Zeila before Henties Bay > Cape Cross round trip > Henties Bay > D1916 heading east (track) > Turn left onto D3716 > Turn left to the campsite.
> Gas station: Swakopmund or Henties Bay.
> Distance driven today: 344 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries in Henties Bay: 23 € + Cape Cross park entry: 17 €.
> Accommodation: Spitzkoppe Tented Camp & Campsite - Spitzkoppe River Valley 00000, Spitzkoppe river valley, Namibia - (http://spitzkoppemountaincamp.com/) - 26 € - Pool - BBQ - Shower and toilet.
**DAY 13: Tuesday, May 6, 2025: Spitzkoppe - Rock Pools - Uis**
It's 6:45 AM, **we wake up at the foot of one of the most emblematic landscapes of the country, Spitzkoppe, which towers over the valley at 1,728 m.** **The Spitzkoppe massif, "pointed hat" in Afrikaans, is actually a set of three rock formations: Big Spitzkoppe, the granite domes of the Pontok Mountains that surround it, and Little Spitzkoppe, to the southwest. It was first climbed in 1946 and has never stopped attracting experienced climbers; it remains one of the most challenging ascents in the country. The climate in the region is hot**, so try to visit during the cooler months, as it can quickly reach 36°C in the sun in the afternoon. **Spitzkoppe is particularly striking at dusk, as it was last night, and at dawn this morning when the low light sets the rocks ablaze with red and orange hues. The spectacle is unique.**
We re-enter the park managed by the local community (160 NAD $ per person), then start with the **arch sector**. We quietly enjoy all the viewpoints under perfect orange colors. We leave this magnificent spot, reminding us of (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/2024/04/29/j19-1-juin-2024-canyonlands-national-park-et-arches-national-park/), but with much less crowding here. Around 10 AM, we head closer to these mythical peaks, including the main one nicknamed the Matterhorn of Namibia. Then we finish with the **ascent of the rock above Rock Pool. The 360° view of the park is a must-see. Small natural pools carved into the rock bring a bit of water to this arid and rocky landscape.** The wind blows strongly up there, and during a photo shoot with a tripod, it falls forward right onto the lens glass, cracking it... Frustration and shouts, these will be the last quality photos of this trip, and a new bill to pay when we return to replace it... Disgusted.
We continue to **Bushmans Paradise**, have a lunch break in the shade of a rock before hitting the road again around 12:30 PM after thoroughly exploring the park, feeling weakened and sad about my passion: photography...
We fill up with fuel as soon as we arrive in Uis at the price of 21 NAD $ per liter, a total of 1021 NAD $ for 50 liters (52 € by card). **Uis is a former mining town. Tin mining ceased in the early 1990s, but the high white mountain where the ore was dumped is clearly visible. The region is rich in amethysts, Brandberg crystals, and other semi-precious stones; we come across many vendors on the roadside.**
We then head to our final destination of the day, the **Daureb Isib Restcamp**. We arrive quite early for once at 2:45 PM in the heat, but the camp is just perfectly set up, surely the most upscale we will have during this trip. We are in a fortunately shaded area under palm leaves, with a table, chairs with cushions, a sink, a hot shower, toilets, a beautiful pool, and of course our private BBQ. Perfect for regaining a bit of a smile after the fall of my DSLR camera. **We are facing the Brandberg massif, the "fire mountain" in Afrikaans, dominated by Königstein (2,573 m), the highest peak in Namibia.** **The Brandberg owes its name to the reddish-orange glow that forms on its slopes at dawn and dusk, when the sun's rays awaken its red granite faces studded with crystals. It also hides a real treasure inside, as it contains an exceptional concentration of prehistoric rock art**, mainly paintings and some petroglyphs, including the most famous of them, the **White Lady in the Tsisab Gorge**. There are over 43,000 in total, dating back 2,000 to 4,000 years, scattered in hundreds of crevices around the mountain.
Time for the usual swim, laundry, and evening cooking. On the braai menu, local sausages with cheese pasta and leftovers for a good salad the next day.
> Today's road itinerary: 1h45: Head north on the D3716 > Then D1930 (gravel and sand track) to Uis.
> Gas station: Uis.
> Distance driven today: 113 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Fuel fill-up in Uis for 52 € (1,021 NAD $).
> Accommodation: Daureb Isib Restcamp - Erf 672 C/O 3rd & 4th Avenue Uis 9000, Uis, Namibia - (http://www.daurebisib.com/) – 31 € - Pool. Comfort with private bathroom + electricity + Wi-Fi at the restaurant. Clear sky for a beautiful starry night.
**DAY 14: Wednesday, May 7, 2025: Brandberg (Namibia's Highest Mountain) - Damaraland:**
**The Brandberg massif is an isolated, dome-shaped mountain, an inselberg, that towers over the gravel plains scorched by the sun of the Namib Desert to the northwest. It measures 23 km long and 20 km wide. It is the highest point in Namibia at 2,573 meters.**
This massif formed about 130 million years ago when a gigantic viscous mass of magma from deep within the Earth's crust rose through the surrounding rock layers before solidifying. Later, the granite mass was exposed by the erosion of the surrounding rocks.
**The Brandberg is the highest mountain in Namibia, peaking at an altitude of 2,573 m. The indigenous San people call it the "burning mountain," as it appears to glow with a red light at sunset. With its considerable height and width, this massif influences the local climate, attracting more rain on its slopes than the desert below.** The rain seeps through the springs. Unique animal and plant species thrive in this high-altitude environment, and prehistoric paintings adorn the rock faces hidden in the ravines around the base of the mountain.
The first night was also hot since the start of this trip, the thermometer did not drop below 20°C. We wake up gently around 8 AM, a pleasant sleep-in, the sun is already out. After a quick morning cleanup of the 4x4, we have time today, we hit the road at 9:30 AM, getting lost in the Brandberg massif. We are now in the **Damaraland, which stretches from the majestic rock formations of the Brandberg in the south, where we are today, to the bushy expanses at the foot of the rugged mountains of Sesfontein in the north, where we will be tomorrow. It is the perfect destination for wildlife and flora observation.**
We take the track heading towards the **White Lady**, but we want an alternative to this guided visit only. So, just before arriving, we turn right towards a viewpoint named on Google Maps **Rastplatz**. We come across **small Himba villages, living in extreme poverty with no natural resources; the inhabitants ask for water with every passing vehicle...** A bit further, we encounter about ten **ostriches** in the middle of the track, magnificent, as we get closer to the mountains in the background, and a few meters further, **a herd of Oryx**. Then we approach the **bed of the Ugab River**. We then go back and have a snack in the middle of nowhere, under the shade of our 4x4, facing the mountainous massif. We get back on the road around noon, while the temperature is at its peak in this very hot region, 35°C on the gauge with very dry air. We go up the C35 slightly then turn left onto the small track D2319 until we reach the Ugab bed again. Back to Uis in the mid-afternoon.
We did not book the same campsite as the previous night; today we are at the Brandberg Rest Camp. Unfortunately, the camp is not at the same level as the previous one, which was perfect. But the price is also much lower. The sites are next to each other, separated by small fences behind the main building. But it will do just fine. We have our BBQ and electricity, the shared sanitary facilities are decent. We then lounge in the large pool. We will then buy some water for 10 € at the supermarket located right across.
> Gas station: Uis.
> Distance driven today: 118 km.
> Today's expenses: Groceries in Uis: 10 €.
> Accommodation: Brandberg Rest Camp Uis - No 3 Uis Street Namibia 9000, Damaraland, Namibia - (http://www.brandbergrestcamp.com/) - Large pool – Shower – Electricity
**DAY 15: Thursday, May 8, 2025: Damaraland: Petrified Forest - Ugab Valley - Palmwag**
The night was excellent and slightly cooler than the previous one. We wake up around 7 AM and hit the road just before 7:45 AM heading to a new destination as we continue this Namibian road trip. **We cross Damaraland today from south to north.** First via the C35 to **Khorixas**, then turning left onto the C39. **We come across some villagers walking kilometers under the scorching sun with only a small water container in their hand... What a tough life, light-years away from ours.** About 40 km west of this town, we arrive at the **Petrified Forest National Monument**. It is a vast expanse of veld (open vegetation area), dotted with petrified tree trunks that can reach 34 m in length and 6 m in circumference, estimated to be over 260 million years old. These trees belonged to the Gymnospermae family, conifers among which we find today's cycads and welwitschias. The absence of roots and branches suggests that the trunks were deposited here during a significant flood. The site has about fifty trees, some half-buried in sandstone, others perfectly petrified in silica with their bark and growth rings. A guide is mandatory at the entrance to visit the site.
We then continue on this C39 due west to the junction of the D2612. We make a round trip to the south to **Twyfelfontein, which means "uncertain spring" or "bubbling spring" in Damara**. The site is a UNESCO World Heritage site, located at the entrance of the grassy Aba Huab Valley and houses one of the largest collections of rock art on the continent. More than **2,500 petroglyphs** have been discovered on over 200 stones, as well as some rock paintings. They date back about 6,000 years and others 2,500 years. Many engravings depict species that have since disappeared from the region, such as elephants, rhinoceroses, giraffes, and lions. The presence of a seal attests to the existence of links with the coastline at the time, now over 100 km away. It is here, as well as at Brandberg, that the human history of Namibia began with these testimonies of ritual and economic practices among hunter-gatherer peoples.
We continue a bit further south on the D3214 then D3254 to visit the **Organ Pipes, "organ pipes"**. The entrance is also paid, much to our regret... 500 NAD $ for two. We take a well-marked trail leading to a small gorge containing dolerite (coarse-grained basalt) columns 4 m high and aligned on an astonishing 100 m long wall. We are in a volcanic chain stretching over a dozen kilometers, a pile of scoria that seems to have been exposed to fire, the Burnt Mountain "burnt mountain" stands in a bleak and desolate landscape where almost nothing grows.
We head back north and return to the C39 then the C43 to **Palmwag where we will spend the night**. **This concession, covering an area of 5,500 km², is a region of red hills and plains, remarkable for its rolling landscapes as well as its rich fauna and flora**. The region serves as a **buffer zone between Etosha and the Skeleton Coast**. We have a good chance of encountering black rhinos, desert elephants, and lions, as well as spotted hyenas, giraffes, gemsboks, and other antelopes.
We pass the sanitary control barrier at 4 PM, just before entering Palmwag. In our direction, from south to north, we are simply asked about our future destinations and to present my French driver's license. A few meters further, there is a small gas station, then on our left our final destination of the day: the Palmwag Lodge Campsites. We are happy to arrive after this long journey. The welcome is very pleasant, and the site is very comfortable with a real brick shelter housing our shower and toilet, as well as water and electricity. We always have a BBQ available, but today we unfortunately no longer have meat due to concerns about the sanitary control, but we were not sure if it was rather in the other direction that the transport of fresh meat and dairy products is prohibited. We now cross our fingers to be able to observe some different animals, as the place is renowned for elephants, giraffes, and rhinos. We first take some time to relax in the pool before going for a walk around the reserve, without encountering anything unfortunately this evening, but the wake-up will be up to par... Time for the sunset, which is always one of the highlights of the day.
> Today's road itinerary: 5h30 of driving: C35 heading north > Then turn left onto the C39 > Petrified Forest > Go down on the D3612 in a round trip to Twyfelfontain (rock paintings and Organ Pipes) > Go back up on the C39 then C43 to Palmwag > Round trip on the C40 to Mount Grootberg Pass.
For info on the C43, there is a sanitary control at the entrance and exit (transporting raw meat is prohibited).
Palmwag: black rhinos (guided or free visit? at sunrise or sunset).
> Gas station: Twyfelfontain or Palmwag (07:00 – 19:00) – Tire repair in Palmwag.
> Distance driven today: 349 km.
> Distance walked today: km.
> Accommodation: North of Palmwag Lodge Campsites - GPS Coordinates -19.88556°, 13.93694° - Pool – Water and electricity – 34 € - (https://gondwana-collection.com/accommodation/palmwag-campsite?LodgeName=PALMWAG%20CAMPSITE)
**DAY 16: Friday, May 9, 2025: Palmwag - Sesfontein - Entry into Kaokoland - Opuwo**
This morning, we take our time watching for wildlife. We can finally observe our first **kudus** as the sun begins to illuminate the plain in front of us (see video and time-lapse of the day). A few minutes later, we also spot **a couple of giraffes with their calf**, moving calmly and serenely.
**We leave Palmwag** at 9 AM, heading to the northernmost point of Damaraland via the C43 to Sesfontein.
A few kilometers on the track, and we come across **a herd of zebras**, 11 to be exact, in the middle of green hills. Even further, it's more than twenty that cross right in front of us, a treat for our eyes. Their gait is majestic; they are very sensitive to noise. Some are more curious than others and don't hesitate to stay close if we remain quiet. We then cross numerous rough riverbeds. We must always stay very attentive at the wheel because we can drive at over 80 km/h on straight lines and then suddenly have to brake to cross these small streams, usually already dry at this time of year. Many antelopes are still present by the side of the track; the heat is already rising, and they are often lying on the ground at this hour.
**We arrive in Sesfontein at 11:15 AM**, just as the children are leaving school. Transportation is done by donkey-drawn carts. The villagers spend their time in the shade of the trees and in front of the few small shops. The atmosphere of its streets is dusty with a laid-back pace; this town has the feel of an oasis located **by the Hoanib River**, the town of six springs from which it gets its name. Founded in 1896, it was a military outpost built after a cattle plague epidemic. This page of its history is reflected in Fort Sesfontein, erected in 1905 to fight cattle diseases, arms smuggling, and poaching.
We take a lunch break at the exit of the village around 11:30 AM in the shade of a tree, so peaceful, it's 32°C. We continue further north, away from the usual tourist routes, and **enter the Kunene region, also called Kaokoland**. The track becomes narrower and more winding. **These are now vast solitary spaces largely devoid of roads, simply crossed by sandy tracks opened by the South African army just a few decades ago.** The fauna and flora have managed to adapt to this harsh and dry environment, like the desert elephant, an endangered species whose slender legs are perfectly suited to the long journeys the animal must make to find water, a rare resource. This region is also the territory of the Himba people, emblematic of the country. Its name comes from the Kunene River, which marks a narrow belt of vegetation at the Angolan border.
**We arrive in Opuwo at 3 PM**, **this town is the capital of the Kunene region**. Its name means "the end" in the Herero language, a fitting term for this dusty collection of commercial buildings surrounded by traditional huts with round thatched roofs.
**Opuwo is a strong cultural moment of this trip in Himba territory, this semi-nomadic people traditionally settles in an onganda (small village), moving if necessary to find access to water. Himba women are known for their ochre-colored cream, otjize, a mixture of butterfat and ochre powder, applied to protect and moisturize the skin and hair. Fire and smoke play an important role in their culture.** Smoke, often scented with herbs, is used by women for purification. It can also convey prayers to the supreme being, Muluru. In traditional celebrations, there is always a sacred fire that remains lit between the main hut and the animal enclosure, to maintain ties with the ancestors.
Right upon arrival, we fill up with fuel at the Shell station at the price of 21.48 NAD $ per liter, or 67 liters for 1454 NAD $ (72 €) by card. We then quickly stock up on meat at the Spar **where Himba women with bare breasts mix with us, the only white people shopping in the aisles**. **Since the beginning of this trip, this is where life is most bustling**. There are many people on these dusty streets, after kilometers without seeing anyone, the shock is brutal. There are small markets, poverty but also wealth. The town is quite spread out. There are no white people left, **we finally discover the true, harsh African life.**
We arrive at the **Opuwo Country Lodge at 3:30 PM**, located slightly on the heights. We have site 9 at the end of the property for maximum isolation as we like. Once again, we have private sanitary facilities, a BBQ, and electricity. Once settled, we walk 10 minutes to the reception where the pool is located to cool off. An infinity pool that is just magnificent facing the vast landscape before us. But this contrast between this little comfort and the town below makes us uneasy. The employees walk back down. A guard is present at the entrance of the lodge to ensure security; the park where we are is fenced. We enjoy a good braai, then enjoy the few lights of the town gradually lighting up. The night will be quite noisy for once with very loud music rising from a party below until 2:30 AM... And yet it comes from far away... Maybe a bar? In any case, we rule out what we thought was just a party during our visit here on Friday.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of track: Return via the C43 heading south to Opuwo.
> Gas station: Okangwati or Opuwo
> Distance driven today: 261 km.
> Today's expenses: Fuel fill-up in Opuwo for 72 € + Groceries in Opuwo for 21 €.
> Accommodation: Opuwo Country Hotel - Opuwo Hilltop Opuwo 9000, Opuwo, Namibia - -18.044682 / 13.833861 - (http://www.opuwolodge.com/) - N$600.00 - Pool / Water / Private sanitary facilities / Electricity / BBQ.
**DAY 17: Saturday, May 10, 2025: Opuwo to Epupa Falls:**
We take our time this morning by the **Kunene River**, then we hit the road at 8:45 AM. This is our return trip to Opuwo.
After 4 good hours of driving, **we return to the bustling life of Opuwo**. We refill with fuel at the Shell station (21.48 NAD $ per liter) 820 NAD $ (40 €) for 38 liters and do a quick grocery run at the Spar for 488 NAD $ (24 €). We don't take any meat because we have the **sanitary barrier** to cross tomorrow before entering Etosha Park. We pay for these two expenses in cash for the first time; until now, the credit card was always accepted, so we now have to use the cash we withdrew at the airport. Then we head back to the Opuwo Country Lodge, arriving at the campsite at 2 PM. We are the first to arrive, we rest for a moment before heading to the pool and then end the day around our traditional BBQ with sausages and sautéed potatoes. The full moon accompanies us, perfect for nighttime observations in Etosha starting tomorrow.
The campsite's location should be avoided because we again have infernal music that gets louder from 7 PM to 2:30 AM... And yet it comes from far away... Maybe a bar? In any case, we eliminate what we thought was just a party during our visit here on Friday.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of track: Return via the C43 heading south to Opuwo.
> Gas station: Okangwati or Opuwo
> Distance driven today: 180 km.
> Accommodation: Opuwo Country Hotel - Opuwo Hilltop Opuwo 9000, Opuwo, Namibia - -18.044682 / 13.833861 - (http://www.opuwolodge.com/) - N$600.00 - Pool / Water / Electricity / BBQ
**DAY 18: Sunday, May 11, 2025: Epupa Falls:**
Time for a "vacation" day; we wake up leisurely at 8 AM and take our time this morning. Breakfast and even coffee. The night was good, lulled by the sound of the waterfalls.
In the late morning, we head out on the small path along the banks of the Kunene River, which offers magnificent landscapes. We have a beautiful view of Angola from the opposite bank. The falls extend over about 1.5 km and flow over a series of promontories, the highest of which reaches 37 m.
At noon, we return to our campsite to eat in the shade of the palm trees. On the menu: fried eggs and pasta. We take advantage of this afternoon to rest before the last part of this road trip, with reading, writing, and pool time on the agenda.
In the late afternoon, we return to one of the viewpoints overlooking Epupa Falls to once again enjoy the sunset colors from a different angle. We are over the moon; our thoughts wander in all directions. We discuss future trips, adventures, reminisce about our memories, and think about the world around us... We savor the luck of being here. On the way back, a Himba woman asks if we can give her a ride in our 4x4 to Opuwo tomorrow.
Tonight, we dine on our traditional braai with white beans by the Kunene River. We are lulled by the sound of this powerful river flowing under the song of insects. The coolness sets in, and we fall asleep under the stars.
> Distance driven today: 0 km.
> Distance walked today: 10 km.
> Accommodation: Omarunga Lodge Campsites - 68 € for two nights - Site by the river - (https://gondwana-collection.com/fr/accommodation/omarunga-epupa-falls-campsite?LodgeName=OMARUNGA%20EPUPA-FALLS%20CAMPSITE&hsLang=en)
**DAY 19: Monday, May 12, 2025: Epupa to Opuwo**
We enjoy the morning a bit more by the **Kunene River**, then we hit the road at 8:45 AM. This is our return trip to Opuwo.
After 4 good hours on the road, **we return to the bustling life of Opuwo**. We refill with fuel at the Shell station (21.48 NAD $ per liter) for 820 NAD $ (40 €) for 38 liters and do a quick grocery run at the Spar for 488 NAD $ (24 €). We don't take any meat because we have the **sanitary barrier** to cross tomorrow before entering Etosha Park. We pay in cash for these two expenses for the first time; until now, the credit card was always accepted, so we have to use the cash we withdrew at the airport. Then we head back to the Opuwo Country Lodge, arriving at the campsite at 2:30 PM. We are the first to arrive, rest for a moment before heading to the pool, and then end the day with our traditional BBQ: sausages and sautéed potatoes. The full moon accompanies us, perfect for nighttime observations in Etosha starting tomorrow.
The campsite's location should be avoided, as we again have loud music until 2:30 AM... And it comes from far away... Maybe a bar? In any case, we rule out what we thought was just a party during our visit here on Friday.
> Today's road itinerary: 4 hours of track: Return via the C43 heading south to Opuwo.
> Gas station: Okangwati or Opuwo
> Distance driven today: 180 km.
> Accommodation: Opuwo Country Hotel - Opuwo Hilltop Opuwo 9000, Opuwo, Namibia - -18.044682 / 13.833861 - (http://www.opuwolodge.com/) - N$600.00 - Pool / Water / Private sanitary facilities / Electricity / BBQ
**DAY 20: Tuesday, May 13, 2025: Opuwo – Etosha - Olifantsrus**
We wake up before dawn around 6:30 AM. We pack up the camp at 7:15 AM heading to a first waterhole to watch the sunrise and start our day of observations and discoveries. It's 11°C, and as soon as we leave the campsite, we come across numerous zebras, foxes, and springboks with the sun rising on the horizon. Magnificent images.
**At 8:30 AM, we are still alone**, we witness **one of the most beautiful scenes of this trip: 3 lionesses hunting springboks**. It's thanks to the latter, slowing down, that we manage to spot 4 lionesses' heads barely above the tall grass. They hide, stand up, move slowly... We wait without moving. This is their perfect terrain for camouflage. **We are on the lookout and try to be discreet during this hunting scene**. We leave the area to let them finish their remarkable work and continue the track towards the East. The terrain becomes completely flat. It's now been 3 hours since we left the campsite without noticing the time passing, and especially without meeting anyone. Around 10 AM, near a waterhole, we come across a solitary elephant mixed with zebras, buffaloes, and springboks.
Around 11 AM, we take a lunch break; here, it's us who are enclosed in enclosures. Whether in the campsites or the few small equipped areas, we are fenced in by a gate. The animals are free on their territory. The wind has picked up again, just like the sun. We eat alone in absolute calm in the heart of this incredible, unique park; there are no words to describe what nature offers us here, far from any human activity. We start to see some safari vehicles arriving, but the attendance remains much lower than I had imagined. At most, a total of fifteen throughout the day.
Etosha is also a wonderful reserve of vegetation; you can find multiple mopane groves. But also acacias and other trees appreciated by ruminants. The south and east of the park have the most waterholes, which is where most animals gather. In the West, the vegetation is denser, and the wildlife is harder to spot, but it is well present, especially the black-faced impala and Hartmann's mountain zebra, which are found almost nowhere else. The area being less frequented, the bush feeling is more pronounced.
30 minutes of track after eating, **we come across a solitary male lion. The build compared to the females this morning is noticeable from afar**, even though this one is quite far from us unfortunately, unlike this morning when they were right on top of us.
**Etosha is the preferred habitat of lions in Namibia, with about 330 individuals roaming the park's plains, nearly half of the country's wild lions.** The big cats rest under the trees near waterholes, especially the one at Okaukuejo where we arrive today, but it's also a good spot for elephants and rhinos.
We then enter the territory of buffaloes, which we come across by the dozens now. Wow, the encounters keep coming. Then around 2 PM, we follow this immense **Etosha Pan** for the first time, which we will follow for a good part of tomorrow's day.
We arrive at our campsite at 3:30 PM after more than 8 hours of self-safari filled with discoveries. We sleep tonight at the **Olifantsrus Camp**, which we had previously booked in France. We had to wait and click several times for a spot to open up, as the camp has very few sites, and that's a good thing. It is located in one of the wildest areas of Etosha and has a practical observation tower overlooking a waterhole, offering us great opportunities to spot wildlife after nightfall (see photos). **The sunset is once again memorable.** In the guestbook at the reception, where each visitor can note their observations, 3 lions were seen the day before just a few steps from here (1 male, 1 female, and their cub), on a part of the track we didn't cover today; it will be on tomorrow morning's program. We cross our fingers for these predators.
> Today's road itinerary: 6 hours of driving: Leave Opuwo via the C41 (paved road) > Turn right onto the C35 (paved road) to the Galton Gate > Enter Etosha Park.
> Gas station: Opuwo.
> Distance driven today: 369 km.
> Accommodation: Olifantsrus Camping site - 53.4 € for two – Shared sanitary facilities – Electricity – BBQ – No grocery store - (https://www.etoshanationalpark.org/fr/accommodation/olifantsrus-camp)
**DAY 21: Wednesday, May 14, 2025: Etosha National Park: From Olifantsrus to Okaukuejo:**
We wake up before dawn around 6:30 AM. We pack up the camp at 7:15 AM as the gates open, heading to a first waterhole to watch the sunrise and start our day of observations. It's 11°C, and just outside the campsite, we come across numerous zebras, foxes, and springboks with the sun rising on the horizon. Magnificent scenes.
**At 8:30 AM, we are still alone**, and we witness **one of the most beautiful moments of this trip: three lionesses hunting springboks**. Thanks to the springboks slowing down, we manage to spot four lionesses' heads barely above the tall grass. They hide, stand up, and move slowly... We wait without moving. This is their perfect terrain for camouflage. **We stay alert and try to be discreet during this hunting scene**. We leave the area to let them finish their remarkable work and continue the track towards the east. The terrain becomes completely flat. It's been 3 hours since we left the campsite without noticing the time, and especially without meeting anyone. Around 10 AM, near a waterhole, we come across a solitary elephant mixed with zebras, buffaloes, and springboks.
Around 11 AM, we take a lunch break; here, it's us who are enclosed in enclosures. Whether in the campsites or the few small equipped areas, we are fenced in by a gate. The animals are free on their territory. The wind has picked up again, just like the sun. We eat alone in absolute calm in the heart of this incredible, unique park; there are no words to describe what nature offers us here, far from any human activity. We start to see some safari vehicles arriving, but the attendance remains much lower than I had imagined. At most, a total of fifteen throughout the day.
Etosha is also a wonderful reserve of vegetation; you can find multiple mopane groves. But also acacias and other trees appreciated by ruminants. The south and east of the park have the most waterholes, which is where most animals gather. In the west, the vegetation is denser, and the wildlife is harder to spot, but it is well present, especially the black-faced impala and Hartmann's mountain zebra, which are found almost nowhere else. The area being less frequented, the bush feeling is more pronounced.
Thirty minutes of track after eating, **we come across a solitary male lion. The build compared to the females this morning is noticeable from afar**, even though this one is quite far from us unfortunately, unlike this morning when they were right on top of us.
**Etosha is the preferred habitat of lions in Namibia, with about 330 individuals roaming the park's plains, nearly half of the country's wild lions.** The big cats rest under the trees near waterholes, especially the one at Okaukuejo where we arrive today, but it's also a good spot for elephants and rhinos.
We then enter the territory of buffaloes, which we come across by the dozens now. Wow, the encounters keep coming. Then around 2 PM, we follow this immense **Etosha Pan** for the first time, which we will follow for a good part of tomorrow's day.
We arrive at our campsite at 3:30 PM after more than 8 hours of self-safari filled with discoveries. We sleep tonight at the **Okaukuejo Resort**. Upon arrival, this impression of a small town in the middle of hundreds of kilometers without infrastructure remains shocking. **The atmosphere is quite different from last night in our small wild campsite**. However, even though the attendance is higher, we are lucky to get a site in a corner (number 46). **The lit waterhole will also be a reward**. After checking in, we take advantage of the small grocery store to buy two meats for our next BBQs in the park, 3 pork chops and sausages, as well as a cold drink for 252 NAD $. This locality also offers a gas station, a restaurant, and a nice pool, but our goal during this park stay remains focused on the wildlife, so I won't give in this time. Time to set up, followed by a short rest, then our toilette before heading to the "waterhole" for the sunset around 6 PM. **A new grand spectacle unfolds before us, a hundred zebras come to hydrate right before our eyes at the water reserve facing the sunset in a cloud of dust. Then a couple of lions approach stealthily without managing to fill their stomachs. A third guest arrives, a second male lion also comes to drink. The waterhole now becomes the territory of the lions... We are speechless facing what nature offers us, we savor for over an hour scrutinizing the smallest details. What an intense day, images that will remain forever etched in our minds.** It's our turn to have our meal with three beautiful pork chops on the BBQ accompanied by curry vegetables.
At 9 PM, we decide to return to the waterhole, a wonderful idea because we find **an elephant and two black rhinos courting in the water. The male has a hard time seducing his sweetheart and eventually leaves, but a third rhino appears out of nowhere to join her. The scenes unfold under the spotlights** accompanied by a sky full of stars. We eventually go to bed. Looking forward to the rest of the story tomorrow.
> Today's road itinerary: Camp Olifantsrus > Camp Okaukuejo.
> Gas station: Okaukuejo camp.
> Distance driven today: 229 km. > Today's expenses: Groceries for 12 €.
> Accommodation: Okaukuejo Camping Site - 48.12 € for two - Pool - Gas station - Lit waterhole - Grocery store - (https://www.etoshanationalpark.org/fr/accommodation/okaukuejo)
**DAY 22: Thursday, May 15, 2025: Etosha National Park: From Okaukuejo to Halali:**
We wake up around 5:30 AM to a strange noise getting closer, a few thunderclaps, then heavy rain pours down on us! The first since the start of this trip, we had forgotten its sound and smell. We leave the campsite quickly at 7:13 AM as the gates open, the rain stops just in time!
We are right in the heart of the park today. We arrive at the Etosha Pan, an immense flat salt desert that, a few days a year, transforms into a shallow expanse teeming with flamingos and pelicans. At the end of the dry season, everything, from elephants to grasslands, is covered in the white, chalky dust of Etosha.
Around noon, at the Riedfontein waterhole, we spot two male lions in this picturesque savannah. As we've noticed, the females hunt while the males protect the territory. The males and cubs will benefit first.
The day was less emotional than the previous one. We encounter far fewer animals, often at a greater distance. Is it because of the stormy rain we had at dawn this morning, or is it the area? The tracks were also more exhausting, especially the Rhino Drive without meeting a soul. But the view over the immense salt pan as far as the eye can see is worth seeing. Maybe the waterhole at the campsite will surprise us tonight as it did yesterday?
We arrive at 4 PM at the Halali Resort for our last night in the park. We still have a lit waterhole, more intimate than yesterday's, and we can walk around the park thanks to a hiking trail. The sanitary facilities are shared and quite recent, with each site offering its own BBQ and electrical outlet. After setting up and a quick wash, we head on foot to the Halali waterhole for sunset. Tonight's menu features local sausages (beef and pork) with curry pasta.
> Today's road itinerary: Camp Okaukuejo > Camp Halali.
> Gas station: Halali Camp.
> Distance driven today: 242 km.
> Accommodation: Halali Camping Site - 48.12 € for two - Pool - Gas station - Lit waterhole - Grocery store - (https://www.nwr.com.na/resorts/halali-resort/)
**DAY 23: Friday, May 16, 2025: Etosha National Park: From Halali to Namutoni - Waterberg Park:**
We pack up the camp at 7:15 AM as the gates open. It's 17°C, and the sun is out as usual. **We follow the Etosha Pan, still quite wet at this time of year.** The small track offers different viewpoints under a sun gradually rising higher.
The further east we go, the more we encounter gnus, kudus, and impalas. **We are once again spoiled and delighted by everything we discover this morning.** A majestic **giraffe** appears before our eyes just before arriving at **Namutoni** around 9:45 AM, quickly followed by 4 other companions. From there, we change plans, do the **Fischer's Pan** loop, and then decide to exit through the northern gate, allowing us to cover the entire park. Our last encounters will be with these tallest animals, the giraffes, and what a spectacle to see them spread their legs to hydrate, followed by gnus.
Just before the exit, we take a lunch break at an equipped area at 11:30 AM.
**We leave Etosha National Park with a touch of nostalgia through the King Nehale Iya Mpingana gate** at 12:30 PM. We find the beautiful paved B1 road, which is a great relief. Cows and goats take over; driving at 120 km/h on these single-lane, two-way roads with these animals we brush past requires constant vigilance. We fill up with fuel at 1:30 PM in **Oshivelo** (21.33 $ per liter), 93 liters for 99 € by card. Since we hadn't planned to go so far north out of Etosha, we are surprised to go through a **sanitary check** at the exit of the town, but it turns out to be even quicker than the previous one, a simple glance in the fridge by very smiling women, much more pleasant than the staff at the Etosha entrances and exits.
We pass **near Lake Otjikoto** ("deep hole" in Herero), which is **one of the only two natural lakes in Namibia along with its neighbor Lake Guinas**. In 1851, explorers Charles Andersson and Francis Galton came across this karst lake occupying a limestone cauldron 100 m long, 150 m wide, and 55 m deep. Its steep walls, about 20 m high, are the result of the collapse of the rock roof of the sinkhole under water pressure. This lake is also known for the large quantity of weapons and ammunition found in its depths. Remnants of the region's violent past, they were dumped there in 1915 by the retreating German army, refusing to let South African troops get their hands on them. Unfortunately, it's paid entry, and given the late hour, we continue on our way. To our great surprise, there is a lot of traffic on this B1, including many trucks, the first time we've seen so many people in this country. The landscapes change; we even discover deciduous trees taking on their autumn colors.
We pass through **Tsumeb**, and the road continues to **Otjiwarongo**, which means "pleasant place" in the Herero language, and the town lives up to its name. Prosperous and peaceful, with wide avenues and a relaxed atmosphere, we stop there to do some shopping. We buy some local meat to treat ourselves during these last two remaining camping nights: skewers, pork, and sausages, as well as biscuits, a last water tank, and yogurt for Mimi; 388 NAD $ - 20 €. We get back on the road heading south via the B1 for 15 minutes, then turn left onto the C42, still paved, for 30 minutes and 41 km, then left again onto the D2512, a wavy sandy track for 15 minutes.
**We enter the Waterberg National Park this evening.** The arrival facing this mountainous massif in the middle of the plains under the end-of-day lights of a deep red makes us even more eager to discover it. **Composed of impressive sandstone cliffs, tangles of vines, a canopy teeming with birds, elusive wildlife, and improbable dinosaur footprints. The Waterberg occupies a large sandstone plateau 50 km long and 16 km wide, at an altitude of 150 m above the plain.** It is possible to encounter elands, black wildebeests, roan antelopes, buffaloes, and red hartebeests, and with luck, leopards, as well as 200 identified bird species.
We arrive at the NWR campsite at 6 PM, the first time we arrive so late, just before nightfall. It's from here that various hiking trails start for tomorrow's day, including the **Mountain View Trail** that climbs to the edge of the plateau. We quickly settle into this peaceful camp where calm reigns, no more than 5 vehicles tonight. The place is shaded, with fairly recent shared sanitary facilities, electricity, and a BBQ for each. We savor our second-to-last braai under the stars, hearing our plane that brought us to Frankfurt fly over, every day at the same time over the Waterberg then Etosha. Very rare, as there are very few flights that land or fly over Namibian skies.
> Today's road itinerary: 10 hours of driving: B1 then C42 then D2512.
> Gas station: Exit of Etosha Park, Tsumeb, Otavi, or Waterberg Park.
> Distance driven today: 616 km.
> Accommodation: NWR Waterberg Camping Site - Pool - Water - 45 € for two - (https://www.nwr.com.na/resorts/waterberg-resort/#1577510913112-8f243e49-35a647e7-1997)
**DAY 24: Saturday, May 17, 2025: Waterberg Park - Otjiwa:**
We wake up around 7 AM after a very cool night.
**At sunrise, the cliffs appear even redder, and the cries of baboons echo around us.** We come across about thirty of them. We start the hike around 8:15 AM. **The Mountain View Trail will take us to the Waterberg Plateau.** The temperature is pleasant for walking. **The trail starts in a thick forest where the song of birds resonates.** The path is little frequented, so progress is slow and irregular; we regularly have to duck, step over, and climb rocks. However, in 35 minutes, we reach the top of the plateau. We are once again alone in the world in this Namibian nature. **The 360° panorama extends over a wide plain of green shrubs below, then over these steep red cliffs** giving access to this suspended plateau of the Waterberg. To enter, unfortunately, a special permit is required, and you must be accompanied by a guide. We savor the moment under the already hot sun at 9 AM. After an hour reminiscing about our journey on our rocky promontory, we start the descent at 10 AM, completing a loop back to our starting point. **At 10:30 AM, we pass by the small cemetery of German fighters who died in 1904**, then we hit the road back to the B1. We take a lunch break at noon at one of the tables scattered regularly along the paved roads. We are watched by **baboons** perched in their tree. We then decide to make a **detour through the town of Otjiwarongo**, which we didn't have time to explore properly yesterday. **A quick visit to the train station is a must to see locomotive No. 41, built in 1912 by the German company Henschel. It was transported to Namibia to carry ore between the mines of Tsumeb and the port of Swakopmund before being decommissioned in 1960 when the tracks were modified.**
We return to do some shopping and bring back some souvenirs for 300 NAD $ (14 €). We then take the road south on the B1. I start to feel the end of this immense loop through Namibia. Morale is gradually dropping. But we still have plenty of beautiful things to discover. We arrive at 3 PM at the **Otjiwa Safari Lodge. This will be our last night camping after 22 nights sleeping in the wild to the sound of animals.** The nostalgia is palpable. We enter this high-end private park; we don't really feel at home upon arrival. The reception, the pool, the restaurant, everything is very upscale, unlike anything we've experienced during this road trip. However, the reserve has its charm; we come across our beautiful antelopes again. The 10 sites are very comfortable, spaced apart under some bushes. Each has, of course, its BBQ, electricity, lighting, and sink. Before enjoying our last evening, we need to do a thorough dusting of the 4x4 and a good cleaning and organizing of our belongings. Then it's time for our last perfect braai: chicken and pork skewers, as well as tomato-flavored white beans.
> Today's road itinerary: 1h30 of driving: Waterberg > Otjiwarongo > Okonjima wildlife reserve - D2512 then C22 then B1 then turn right onto a 3 km track.
> Gas station: Waterberg Park.
> Distance driven today: 135 km.
> Distance walked today: 6 km.
> Today's expenses: Souvenirs for 14 €.
> Accommodation: Otjiwa Safari Lodge - B1 main road, west side Otjiwarongo 12001, Otjiwarongo, Namibia - (http://www.otjiwa.com.na/) – 40 € for two – From 3 PM.
**DAY 25: Sunday, May 18, 2025: Otjiwa - Windhoek:**
For this last leg of our Namibian journey, we complete the loop back to our starting point, Windhoek. We leave our last campsite at Otjiwa, later than usual, at 10 AM. We head due south on the B1 in less than 3 hours to the country's capital, not without a touch of nostalgia after all these kilometers traveled through Namibia. The landscapes roll by with a lot of melancholy. We make a stop 60 km north, in Okahandja. We take the opportunity to fill up with fuel (21.10 $ per liter), 500 NAD $ for 23 liters; the card machine wasn't working, so we had to withdraw from an ATM at the next gas station. A local was quite insistent at my window, asking for food or money. Anyway, after 15 minutes, we get back on the road.
From here, we take the new A1, a 2x2 lane highway limited, like the previous roads, to 120 km/h. Then we gradually see some of the country's industries before entering the capital in the blink of an eye. We arrive at 1:45 PM at Chameleon Backpackers. It's a small hostel-style hotel with a central pool, a shared kitchen, secure indoor parking, and a restaurant. They also organize tours (3 Day Express, 3 Day Link, 4 Days Etosha, 7 Day Norbert Adventure), very different from everything we've encountered so far, a kind of atmosphere like in Thailand. There are dormitories, rooms with shared bathrooms, and our little cocoon, the Love Bird, a room located alone on the upper floor with its small balcony, a swing, its bathroom, and its large bed with a thatched roof. A lot of charm while overlooking the pool. We eat before setting off to explore the capital.
Windhoek is a modern and well-maintained city, contrasting completely with the rest of the country. It is heavily influenced by its German colonial heritage, still very present in some streets of the capital. The architecture is colorful and surprising. The skyline is shared between the spires of a neo-baroque cathedral, the unusual silhouette of three castles from the German colonial era, and glass and steel skyscrapers. Office workers head to Zoo Park at lunchtime.
We enjoy the smell of grills at some street corners lined with small single-story houses with zinc roofs.
We first head to Windhoek's emblematic monument, its unofficial symbol: Christuskirche, just a 10-minute walk away. This German Lutheran church rises above the traffic at the center of an intersection. Built in 1907 with local sandstone. The roof and other elements were imported from Europe. The result evokes a gingerbread house.
We then walk along the pedestrian shopping street of **Post Street Mall** to admire African crafts, but on this Sunday, most shops are closed; we'll come back tomorrow. We return via the Wernhil shopping center.
> Today's road itinerary: Return to Windhoek in 3 hours via the B1 then the A1. In the capital, turn left onto Florence Nightingale, then right onto Beethoven Street then C28 then B6, then Bismarck Street. Take Church Street and Trift Street towards Voight Street.
> Gas station: Okahandja or Windhoek.
> Distance driven today: 245 km.
> Accommodation: Chameleon Backpackers & Guesthouse – 49 € for two - 5-7 Voigt St, North Windhoek Central, 9000 Windhoek
**DAY 26: Monday, May 19, 2025: Windhoek, Visit to the Namibian Capital:**
Our last sleep in Namibia... The wake-up is a bit sad; we still enjoy this return to comfort in a real bed. After a hearty breakfast, we check out of our little cocoon at 10 AM. We leave our vehicle in the secure parking lot and return for a walk in the center of Windhoek. On this Monday, the center is immediately livelier while still remaining extremely calm for a capital. The pace of life is slow; employees move slowly without rushing, each task is performed with a slowness that is almost surprising. A few skyscrapers further on, we quickly leave the hyper-center. We retrace our steps to the shopping gallery where we linger for a while. We eat around noon with African music in the background, making us even more nostalgic. Then the trip will gradually come to an end, unfortunately, until the moment when we will have to, not without regret, return our rental vehicle around 3 PM... We stop by the hotel again and then head to the rental agency and then to the airport by shuttle, included in our contract.
At 4:20 PM, we are back at the airport. We see ourselves upon arrival as if it were yesterday... Tears are not far off; we wait, the formalities are much quicker than upon arrival. **We board by walking across the tarmac on foot, escorted by about fifteen Namibians, facing the sunset. It will be there until the end, beautifully drawn on the horizon, to say goodbye to Namibia...**
> Round-trip flight tickets with Lufthansa from Lyon: 2029 €, or **1,014.50 €** per person.
> Vehicle rental: 4x4 Toyota with roof tent for 24 days: Gracious Whisp Car Rentals: 2,638 € (N$50,640) or **1,319 €** per person - (https://gwcarrentals.com/)
**DAY 27: Tuesday, May 20, 2025:** Flight FRA 8:15 AM -> 9:35 AM LYS (Air Dolomite No. 1074)
Total expenses including flight tickets + vehicle rental + visa + Lyon parking + food + fuel:
Cost per person: 3467 € Cost for two: 6935 €
>> All our photos and videos for each day on our website here: (https://www.montagne-aventure.net/voyages-découvertes/namibie-2025/)
From Bangkok to Krabi, Thailand by Car!
This first trip of 2025 will have the taste of Asia.
More precisely, Thailand!
It’s not my first time—I’ve often traveled across Southeast Asia between 2000 and 2015. (This travel journal, for example...)
But it’ll be my partner’s first steps in this part of the world.
The itinerary we’ve chosen will alternate between familiar sights for me and new discoveries for both of us.
I’ll get to see how the country has changed in 20 years—and what’s stayed the same!
We were torn between the north and the south of the kingdom. Fears of smoke from slash-and-burn farming and a desire to relax on the sand tipped the scales toward the south...
What if we rented a car?
I think driving in sprawling Bangkok would be a bit ambitious, so we’ll only book our vehicle from Hua Hin to return it in Surat Thani.
Other transportation will range from tuk-tuks to overnight trains and ride-hailing services.
And of course, the plane!
I’d love to travel from Auvergne to Bangkok by road, but 15 days wouldn’t be enough...
Plus, the current geopolitical situation isn’t exactly favorable...
So, once again, we’ll be stuck for hours in the less-than-comfortable economy class of Qatar Airways.
The arrival time was on schedule, entry formalities were quick, and all our luggage made it.
We left Lyon in wind and cold—now we’re breathing in the warm, humid air of กรุงเทพมหานคร.
To reach our hotel, we first took the metro, which dropped us off in the city center in about 30 minutes for the incredible price of 1.18 €.
A few taps on the GRAB app, and we booked a ride-hailing service for the last few kilometers.
We waited a while for our driver due to insane traffic in the area, but once in the 4x4, we were at our lodging in no time.
We chose this small hotel for its riverside location, tranquility, and price.
It’ll do the job perfectly—the only downside is the weak breakfast.
The room is inviting, and we collapse onto the bed for a well-deserved short nap.
Wake-up call in an hour for our first visits!
See you soon...
More precisely, Thailand!
It’s not my first time—I’ve often traveled across Southeast Asia between 2000 and 2015. (This travel journal, for example...)
But it’ll be my partner’s first steps in this part of the world.
The itinerary we’ve chosen will alternate between familiar sights for me and new discoveries for both of us.
I’ll get to see how the country has changed in 20 years—and what’s stayed the same!
We were torn between the north and the south of the kingdom. Fears of smoke from slash-and-burn farming and a desire to relax on the sand tipped the scales toward the south...
What if we rented a car?
I think driving in sprawling Bangkok would be a bit ambitious, so we’ll only book our vehicle from Hua Hin to return it in Surat Thani.
Other transportation will range from tuk-tuks to overnight trains and ride-hailing services.
And of course, the plane!
I’d love to travel from Auvergne to Bangkok by road, but 15 days wouldn’t be enough...
Plus, the current geopolitical situation isn’t exactly favorable...
So, once again, we’ll be stuck for hours in the less-than-comfortable economy class of Qatar Airways.
The arrival time was on schedule, entry formalities were quick, and all our luggage made it.
We left Lyon in wind and cold—now we’re breathing in the warm, humid air of กรุงเทพมหานคร.
To reach our hotel, we first took the metro, which dropped us off in the city center in about 30 minutes for the incredible price of 1.18 €.
A few taps on the GRAB app, and we booked a ride-hailing service for the last few kilometers.
We waited a while for our driver due to insane traffic in the area, but once in the 4x4, we were at our lodging in no time.
We chose this small hotel for its riverside location, tranquility, and price.
It’ll do the job perfectly—the only downside is the weak breakfast.
The room is inviting, and we collapse onto the bed for a well-deserved short nap.
Wake-up call in an hour for our first visits!
See you soon...
Skyscrapers, Markets, Ice Cubes, Tourism, and Waterfalls... Thailand's Excesses
A somewhat lengthy title... I could have simply written: from Bangkok to Chiang Rai, via Chiang Mai, since that was my route. But when poets embellish our travel journals with their verbal flourishes, you’ve got to try not to be too ordinary.
Skyscrapers of excess? You’ll have gathered that from the photo illustrating this journal—though it might change as the trip goes on.
The excess of markets—not so much in their size, though... Chatuchak... But in their sheer number. Day markets, night markets, floating markets, fresh produce markets, fish markets, meat markets, spice markets, fabric markets... and even... amulet markets... For luck, good fortune, protection. Not to mention, sadly, the market for girls—and boys, incidentally. I’ve even heard they’re displayed in windows. I’ve heard about that one, like you have, but I didn’t set foot in it, so I can’t say anything about it. Some even claim there’s a black-market trade in children. Disgusting! It reminded me of the book *The Parcel* by Anosh Irani, which I recommended in another journal. The story is set in India, but I’ve been told it exists in Thailand too. So, the "famous Thai markets" we’re bombarded with in paper and online guides—sure, they amazed me in the first few days, and I don’t regret visiting them. But no matter how big they were, I quickly got my fill since you saw the same things at every stall...
I had a market overdose.
Excess of tourism? I should say *tourists*, since I saw them literally swarming in the streets and those famous markets. I’d forgotten about them. I’d lost the habit, living in an Indian city for so long...
Waterfalls are a bit like markets. At this time of year, they’re not particularly spectacular, but they’re everywhere. There are the ones everyone goes to see. For example, Erawan, which I decided to skip even though it was in my original itinerary—I guessed it’d be a nightmare with the selfie circus. On the other hand, you come across them all over the place, hidden in the mountains and forests, not listed in any guide. Not to mention the ones you can find in temples or even private homes... Yes, really! Thais love waterfalls, so they install them in their gardens—and I even saw one in the middle of the city, right on the street! Sometimes they’re tiny, but very photogenic.
But what do ice cubes have to do with this? Why the excess of ice cubes? Not only are they everywhere by the ton, but they put them in *everything* you drink. You’d think they’d even put them in soup! And it’s not just one or two ice cubes—no! They fill the container to the brim, whatever it is, then pour the liquid on top to fill the gaps. They’ll make you an excellent coffee right in front of you, piping hot, then—bam! An avalanche of ice cubes in the glass. Okay, I’m exaggerating a little. They *do* sometimes ask if you prefer your coffee—or tea—hot. Everything edible, and especially everything drinkable, is refrigerated: vegetables, fruit, hot drinks (I mean, drinks that are *usually* hot), but meat and fish are left out in the open. They just wave a little whisk to shoo away the flies when they get too eager. Mind you, I never put fruit, cheese, eggs, or water in the fridge in France, but I do in India. And I refrigerate meat and fish too... Though sometimes one of those little flies sneaks into the fridge...
You won’t find practical or technical details in this journal, like addresses or prices. Others do that better than me. You also won’t find the names of obscure or unknown places I discovered, or directions to get there.
I don’t really feel like recounting what I saw day by day, following my schedule and route. There might be flashbacks, projections into the future. It’ll depend on my memories, what I felt, what I hated, what comes back to me—and maybe your questions and our exchanges. And for those who’ve never read me before, you’ll have to get used to my parentheses and digressions, maybe on a completely different subject, as my thoughts wander. Stories within stories. There’ll also be long, endless sentences—but still punctuated, so you can follow along. Though I used to curse Proust and his sentences that started on one page and ended on the next, sometimes even further. I’d have to reread them twenty times to follow and understand what he was saying. I hated Proust. But hey, I was 20. Maybe I’d like him now?
See? The digressions are starting already. Forgive me.
You’ll find few photos here. First, the number is limited, and second, photos aren’t the main purpose of either VF or a travel journal. They’re too often used to mask the poverty of the text. And, sorry to say it, but so many of them are just plain ugly! If you really want to see photos, I’ll share some links where you can browse them at your leisure
15 days in Turkey with family: Is this itinerary doable?
Hi there.
About a month ago, I posted a potential itinerary for Bulgaria and Istanbul, but in the end, since we found some relatively cheap flight tickets to Istanbul, we decided to go for a trip to Turkey instead.
When? 2 weeks, late August (14th to 29th) Who? Dad, mom, a 17-year-old teen, and an 11-year-old child
Here’s our plan: do you think it’s doable? Any practical tips?
We start with 4 full days in Istanbul (5 nights) Then, we rent a car and head to Ephesus. We stay there for 1 day (2 nights) After that, we drive to Kaş. We stay there for 4 full days (5 nights), enough time to relax a bit, see Kaputaş Beach and Kekova, the site of Myra, the site of Patara, and possibly the site of Çıralı/Olympos—even though it’s a bit far—and Saklıkent Gorge. From Kaş, we spend 2 nights near Denizli to see Pamukkale and Aphrodisias. Is it possible to visit both sites in the same day? Then, we travel from Pamukkale back to Istanbul, return the car, and spend one last night in Istanbul.
Thanks for your thoughts!
When? 2 weeks, late August (14th to 29th) Who? Dad, mom, a 17-year-old teen, and an 11-year-old child
Here’s our plan: do you think it’s doable? Any practical tips?
We start with 4 full days in Istanbul (5 nights) Then, we rent a car and head to Ephesus. We stay there for 1 day (2 nights) After that, we drive to Kaş. We stay there for 4 full days (5 nights), enough time to relax a bit, see Kaputaş Beach and Kekova, the site of Myra, the site of Patara, and possibly the site of Çıralı/Olympos—even though it’s a bit far—and Saklıkent Gorge. From Kaş, we spend 2 nights near Denizli to see Pamukkale and Aphrodisias. Is it possible to visit both sites in the same day? Then, we travel from Pamukkale back to Istanbul, return the car, and spend one last night in Istanbul.
Thanks for your thoughts!
So where are they and what are they doing?
This catchy and somewhat mysterious title comes from several questions I’ve been asking myself.
VF has been back open for a reasonable number of weeks and months now. The number of visitors overall matches past averages, but the number of members online in the last 24 hours seems relatively lower than what we used to see.
Yet, to my surprise, I’m seeing fewer travel journals, way fewer messages, and way fewer questions. I don’t see many new registered users online, and I notice a number of members who are logged in but either aren’t participating or have stopped participating.
Something’s not adding up for me because, in my opinion, VF is still appealing, and I don’t see which other sites could really compete.
Was there a real break between pre- and post-Covid? Does it just take more time for some people to discover the site or learn that it’s active again? Do people now prefer quick consumption on sites like FB or others I’m not familiar with? Where have the site’s old-timers gone, and what are they doing with their time now? What’s really going on here?
VF has been back open for a reasonable number of weeks and months now. The number of visitors overall matches past averages, but the number of members online in the last 24 hours seems relatively lower than what we used to see.
Yet, to my surprise, I’m seeing fewer travel journals, way fewer messages, and way fewer questions. I don’t see many new registered users online, and I notice a number of members who are logged in but either aren’t participating or have stopped participating.
Something’s not adding up for me because, in my opinion, VF is still appealing, and I don’t see which other sites could really compete.
Was there a real break between pre- and post-Covid? Does it just take more time for some people to discover the site or learn that it’s active again? Do people now prefer quick consumption on sites like FB or others I’m not familiar with? Where have the site’s old-timers gone, and what are they doing with their time now? What’s really going on here?
Accommodation near the beach in Koh Samui
Hi there, We're thinking of spending 3 weeks in Koh Samui at the start of 2026. Where can we find accommodation close to a pretty beach that's not too touristy but not isolated either, near a small town or village? We've already been to Surin Beach on Phuket Island. We really liked that spot, but we've heard Koh Samui is great too. Thanks for your tips!
A month in Cambodia in November 2024
Here we go!!!
I left home at 4 AM on October 31st and headed to Barcelona. Driving through Barcelona on the ring road stresses me out a bit, but at 6 AM the traffic is smooth, and I arrive at the airport without any issues. I call the valet, who quickly comes to pick up my car. He takes photos of it from all angles before letting me go.
Baggage check-in hasn’t started yet, and there are already several of us waiting.
Once free, everything happens very quickly. The flight to Abu Dhabi is on time and goes smoothly. I’ve never had any problems with this airline, which I’ve been using for several years.
The flight to Bangkok arrives at 7 AM as scheduled. This is my first time in Thailand and Bangkok. I’m used to traveling in India, and I notice that everything here is well organized—the customs process is quick, and the luggage is already on the carousel.
I booked a taxi on Booking. All I have to do is find the right exit and door based on the agency’s instructions. A large sign with the names of people who booked is posted on a wall. A hostess greets me and calls the taxi, which arrives 5 minutes later. I booked one night at the Lost Inn BKK hotel in the Phra Nakhon district, and we arrive at 9 AM. The welcome isn’t warm, and I have to wait until noon, sitting on a chair, before I can check into my room. I’m exhausted, and sleeping sitting up isn’t ideal. Noon finally arrives—the room is small but clean, which is fine for one night. I quickly take a shower to wake up because I plan to spend the afternoon visiting the Grand Palace. First, I need to exchange some money, and the banks are all close together on the same street, which is very convenient. When I enter one, a hostess gives me a ticket and invites me to sit down. There are about twenty counters, and I wait quietly until my number is called. The exchange is quick, so I can head out to find the Royal Palace. It’s actually very easy, and the walk is pleasant.
Entry to the Royal Palace (500 baht).
It’s magnificent and grand, and there are quite a few of us visiting. The sky is gray, it’s very humid, and a shower interrupts the visit. It’s a vast complex of temples and palaces. The buildings are colorful and sparkling, with a great sense of serenity (without the tourists, of course). I quietly enjoy the place and try to take photos without tourists, which isn’t easy.
Very close to the Grand Palace is Wat Pho, one of the oldest Buddhist temples in the capital.
It’s very famous for its 46-meter-long reclining Buddha statue.
Walking around the temple, you can see different representations of Buddha, all covered in gold leaf.
Inside the temple, on one side, monks recite their prayers, while the other side is reserved for tourists who come to meditate in silence.
Before returning to the hotel, I have dinner at an Indian restaurant. I go to bed early because tomorrow’s wake-up call will be very early again.
Saturday, November 2nd Wake-up at 4 AM, departure from the hotel at 4:30 AM. The taxi I booked via Booking is waiting for me and takes me to the airport. The trip is fairly quick—he takes small roads, and at this hour, there’s no traffic.
The flight to Phnom Penh is on time. Before boarding, I realize I left my fleece jacket on the carousel, but it’s too late to go back for it.
The flight goes well, and customs is quick.
At the exit, I take a tuk-tuk to Julieka’s GH near the museum. The welcome is friendly. I won’t be able to check into my room until noon, so I take the opportunity to exchange some euros on the market street. The street is lined with restaurants, and I’ll have my first meal there.
The museum is right across the street, so I don’t waste any time visiting it.
The representations of Hindu deities are very different from those in India, and I don’t recognize them. Many beautiful Buddhas are on display.
The museum is very pleasant, and there aren’t too many people, which is a plus.
At the exit, I return to the GH, settle into my room—which is decent and clean.
The Royal Palace is 1 km away. I walk along a garden, and at the end of the street is the Tonlé Sap, but I turn right. I arrive at a large esplanade and see the buildings with tiered roofs and glazed tiles. The entrance to the palace is a little further away.
At the entrance, I notice there isn’t the same crowd as at the one in BKK.
Khmer architecture is magnificent. The complex consists of gardens, palaces, pagodas with golden roofs, and slender spires.
The Silver Pagoda houses the small Emerald Buddha, which is actually made of jade. The silver flooring is covered with carpets. Photos are not allowed.
The walls surrounding the pagoda are covered with frescoes depicting scenes from the Ramayana.
Baggage check-in hasn’t started yet, and there are already several of us waiting.
Once free, everything happens very quickly. The flight to Abu Dhabi is on time and goes smoothly. I’ve never had any problems with this airline, which I’ve been using for several years.
The flight to Bangkok arrives at 7 AM as scheduled. This is my first time in Thailand and Bangkok. I’m used to traveling in India, and I notice that everything here is well organized—the customs process is quick, and the luggage is already on the carousel.
I booked a taxi on Booking. All I have to do is find the right exit and door based on the agency’s instructions. A large sign with the names of people who booked is posted on a wall. A hostess greets me and calls the taxi, which arrives 5 minutes later. I booked one night at the Lost Inn BKK hotel in the Phra Nakhon district, and we arrive at 9 AM. The welcome isn’t warm, and I have to wait until noon, sitting on a chair, before I can check into my room. I’m exhausted, and sleeping sitting up isn’t ideal. Noon finally arrives—the room is small but clean, which is fine for one night. I quickly take a shower to wake up because I plan to spend the afternoon visiting the Grand Palace. First, I need to exchange some money, and the banks are all close together on the same street, which is very convenient. When I enter one, a hostess gives me a ticket and invites me to sit down. There are about twenty counters, and I wait quietly until my number is called. The exchange is quick, so I can head out to find the Royal Palace. It’s actually very easy, and the walk is pleasant.
Entry to the Royal Palace (500 baht).
It’s magnificent and grand, and there are quite a few of us visiting. The sky is gray, it’s very humid, and a shower interrupts the visit. It’s a vast complex of temples and palaces. The buildings are colorful and sparkling, with a great sense of serenity (without the tourists, of course). I quietly enjoy the place and try to take photos without tourists, which isn’t easy.
Very close to the Grand Palace is Wat Pho, one of the oldest Buddhist temples in the capital.
It’s very famous for its 46-meter-long reclining Buddha statue.
Walking around the temple, you can see different representations of Buddha, all covered in gold leaf.
Inside the temple, on one side, monks recite their prayers, while the other side is reserved for tourists who come to meditate in silence.
Before returning to the hotel, I have dinner at an Indian restaurant. I go to bed early because tomorrow’s wake-up call will be very early again.
Saturday, November 2nd Wake-up at 4 AM, departure from the hotel at 4:30 AM. The taxi I booked via Booking is waiting for me and takes me to the airport. The trip is fairly quick—he takes small roads, and at this hour, there’s no traffic.
The flight to Phnom Penh is on time. Before boarding, I realize I left my fleece jacket on the carousel, but it’s too late to go back for it.
The flight goes well, and customs is quick.
At the exit, I take a tuk-tuk to Julieka’s GH near the museum. The welcome is friendly. I won’t be able to check into my room until noon, so I take the opportunity to exchange some euros on the market street. The street is lined with restaurants, and I’ll have my first meal there.
The museum is right across the street, so I don’t waste any time visiting it.
The representations of Hindu deities are very different from those in India, and I don’t recognize them. Many beautiful Buddhas are on display.
The museum is very pleasant, and there aren’t too many people, which is a plus.
At the exit, I return to the GH, settle into my room—which is decent and clean.
The Royal Palace is 1 km away. I walk along a garden, and at the end of the street is the Tonlé Sap, but I turn right. I arrive at a large esplanade and see the buildings with tiered roofs and glazed tiles. The entrance to the palace is a little further away.
At the entrance, I notice there isn’t the same crowd as at the one in BKK.
Khmer architecture is magnificent. The complex consists of gardens, palaces, pagodas with golden roofs, and slender spires.
The Silver Pagoda houses the small Emerald Buddha, which is actually made of jade. The silver flooring is covered with carpets. Photos are not allowed.
The walls surrounding the pagoda are covered with frescoes depicting scenes from the Ramayana.
12 days in Israel, before...
This trip took place in May 2023, a period of calm that later proved precarious.
Day of May 17
Departure from Marseille on El Al (tickets booked by ourselves, while the stay itself was organized by Voyageurs du Monde). Before check-in, six or seven El Al staff members conduct a security check—quite understandable, but they do it in total chaos. They send people to the left, then block them, redirect them to the right, for no apparent reason. Most of the staff don’t speak French, which complicates things. They work at an incomprehensible slow pace, stopping the interview to do something else, then coming back and starting over...
The flight goes smoothly, except for the meal service, which, for a four-hour flight that El Al delayed to lunchtime, is more than basic: a quarter-liter of water and a corned beef sandwich that’s absolutely disgusting and inedible. To get a coffee, you have to queue at the back of the plane. You end up missing Ryanair🙂
Arrival at Ben Gurion goes better than expected—the passport control is fairly quick, as is baggage delivery.
Transfer to the Lily and Bloom hotel, Lilienblaum Street (easy to remember 🙂)
As advised by Voyageurs du Monde, we book a table for the evening at the nearest restaurant, North Abraxas. Good atmosphere and decent food. We get a sense of the price level in Israeli restaurants.
Around us, diners share dishes placed in the middle of the table. Much more convivial than our individual plates!!
Day of May 18
The next morning, we go down for breakfast at 7:30 AM—a late hour, but the setup is slow, with the two servers taking their time. We ask the bartender for a long coffee and a black tea... It must be a complicated order because it takes him over 10 minutes to make it. He serves us with the grace of a dancer. A good breakfast if you’re not in a hurry, followed by a little stroll in the neighborhood, since our meet-up with Patrick Arfi, our guide for the day, isn’t until 10 AM. P. Arfi is a former publishing house director in Paris who has lived in Israel for a long time and has a vast cultural knowledge. After an initial chat, we head toward Jaffa, focusing on the Bauhaus buildings preserved by a clever urban policy that allows high-rise construction while maintaining old architectural ensembles.
This policy keeps the streets looking more human-scale than the usual high-rise districts in modern cities.
With the visit to Jaffa, Patrick introduces us to a fascinating slice of history, despite the temperature nearing 38°C. Jaffa, once an independent city, is now a neighborhood of Tel Aviv—a predominantly Muslim area. We notice a few buildings in poor condition. They belong to Palestinian families who left Tel Aviv. Otherwise, the city has been very well restored, apart from these few buildings.
A government agency rents out the ground floors of these buildings, which helps fund part of the security work. They also try to track down the owners and buy back the abandoned properties, but some refuse to sell. The visit is very touristy—most of the people we meet are tourists like us.
There’s very little local life, except in the lower part of the city. To be continued, as I’ve reached the allowed photo limit.
The next morning, we go down for breakfast at 7:30 AM—a late hour, but the setup is slow, with the two servers taking their time. We ask the bartender for a long coffee and a black tea... It must be a complicated order because it takes him over 10 minutes to make it. He serves us with the grace of a dancer. A good breakfast if you’re not in a hurry, followed by a little stroll in the neighborhood, since our meet-up with Patrick Arfi, our guide for the day, isn’t until 10 AM. P. Arfi is a former publishing house director in Paris who has lived in Israel for a long time and has a vast cultural knowledge. After an initial chat, we head toward Jaffa, focusing on the Bauhaus buildings preserved by a clever urban policy that allows high-rise construction while maintaining old architectural ensembles.
This policy keeps the streets looking more human-scale than the usual high-rise districts in modern cities.
With the visit to Jaffa, Patrick introduces us to a fascinating slice of history, despite the temperature nearing 38°C. Jaffa, once an independent city, is now a neighborhood of Tel Aviv—a predominantly Muslim area. We notice a few buildings in poor condition. They belong to Palestinian families who left Tel Aviv. Otherwise, the city has been very well restored, apart from these few buildings.
A government agency rents out the ground floors of these buildings, which helps fund part of the security work. They also try to track down the owners and buy back the abandoned properties, but some refuse to sell. The visit is very touristy—most of the people we meet are tourists like us.
There’s very little local life, except in the lower part of the city. To be continued, as I’ve reached the allowed photo limit.
A long journey around Australia
Sunday, October 1st, 2023
Mulhouse-London
We dumped our trash on our neighbors. We hugged, overflowing with emotion. Then Léa from Taxis S showed up. She knows us well. For ages, she’s been our driver. She was practically the official taxiwoman for the trips of the company where Dom and I met. She knew us when we were single! Almost teenagers! She knows everyone and fills in the biographies of people we’d forgotten.
Across the street, while we loaded the luggage, S., perched in his window frame, waved a handkerchief. This wasn’t just any trip.
Then things got tricky. It’s funny how fate sinks its teeth into our happy moments—there’s this whole intermediate phase where the poison seeps in unnoticed because you’re still in the dark...
First, there was a delay on our flight to London. Dom immediately went on high alert, while I stayed calm. In my mind, we had two hours. I knew we had to go from Terminal 5 to Terminal 4, but two hours—come on, that’s plenty, right?
Bad calculation! Because those two hours were between the first flight’s landing and the second’s takeoff. But flights close at least half an hour before departure. Getting from one terminal to another means taking a shuttle bus. We waited for the one going to Terminal 4... until a young guy paid to direct people (who hadn’t seen us) informed us it was no longer possible to access Terminal 4 without going through Terminal 2 first for a connection! That really cranked up the pressure. We started installing a mental countdown with a programmed explosion at the end—guaranteed stress with added beads of sweat. The terminal bus was driven by a young Pakistani guy. We were *so* tense we bombarded him with our frantic, repetitive questions. “So? When are we getting there? What’s happening? Why aren’t we moving?” Our eyes were glued to our watches. The poor guy knew. Perfectly. Because it was obvious—no way around it. We weren’t going to make it. It was impossible. But Dom and I stubbornly refused to believe it. Then the kid stopped the bus. Me, hysterical: “What are you doing? What’s going on? Our plane takes off in... in... 4 minutes!!!! We’re gonna miss iiiiiit!” He wasn’t calm either. “You’ve already missed it!” He explained we had to cross a zone that required an escort car to clear a path through the runways. Impossible to do without. It’s forbidden. We had to WAIT (!!!). Then he got a radio call—he had to rush to Terminal 3 to pick up a passenger who was *super* tight on time. “Amir!!!! It’s RIGHT NOW!” they yelled in his already-red ears, thanks to the complaints of two hysterical Frenchies. Dom and I were in overdrive, hallucinating! We wanted to stop him, maybe even hit him to prevent him from turning around. He picked up the girl, whom we instantly hated like the most despicable witch. I turned on my data, searched for Malaysia Airlines’ number at Terminal 4, called, and actually got someone—quite a feat. A woman cut off my frantic rambling with a blunt “It’s over, the check-in is closed, the plane is about to take off.” I heard her but refused to accept it. I yelled, “We’re coming!” She shot back her monolithic “It’s over.” Finally at the doors of that damn Terminal 4, we ran—*really* ran—a marathon, Gate 6, security checks, pat-downs, “Take off your belts,” we asked questions, everyone seemed confident, we ran with one hand holding up our pants, the other clutching our belt, Gate 6—the room was empty. A girl was sitting there, calmly on the phone. We pounced on her. She calmed us down. Little by little, the light came back. Our brains rebooted. We finally understood it was over. We’d have to start crafting a new plan with the new reality. It started with a return to Terminal 5 to talk to British Airways, which took a good hour. With the same driver as before. We were alone with him. He took the time to apologize, to assure us it wasn’t his fault, that our problem had no solution, that nothing could’ve changed the outcome. At BA, we were exhausted. We were greeted by a handsome young man in a navy-blue uniform with gold stripes everywhere. We could’ve made a scene, but we were just relieved to find someone who’d take charge of our story. It was a minimal response, but it was *a* response. I suppose we could’ve demanded a business-class upgrade or a free trip, but we were just happy with a few vouchers for food, a hotel room with breakfast, and a little bag with plastic toys, a razor, toothbrush, hygiene products, and a T-shirt... Trinkets... But we were fine with it all—we said thank you eagerly because the essential was assured. He found us seats on flights tomorrow. *Tomorrow.* We were afraid to hope! We had the exact same flights but a day later. The same crappy times, but it was all good. We felt saved from the shipwreck, like survivors. - And what about the luggage? - .... !!!!
Monday, October 2nd, 2023 London - Kuala Lumpur
It wasn’t the Ritz, but with exhaustion on our side, we slept well. The continental breakfast was way better than we’d expected from an Ibis Budget. Still, it wasn’t enough to restore my joy for life. The course correction had turned into an arduous obstacle course. I scoured the car rental site every which way. Couldn’t reschedule the car. I’d done it before, but this time... Not to mention the laptop battery was complaining—the Brits have this quirk of making their power outlets incompatible with our chargers. Frustrated, I called them but ended up with a girl who declared herself incompetent and offered to have someone from Avis in Perth call me back—someone who’d supposedly handle rentals better. I decided to wait while taking a bath. Barely settled in, the phone rang. I was soaking wet, of course, and asked Dom to answer. Unfortunately, she’s known for disliking my phone, and in a clumsy move, she hung up. We got annoyed. She put dry towels on the edge of the bathtub, but—another false move—they fell in the water. The phone rang again... I completely redid the plans for the next two days, then transferred the files to my phone to consult them later offline. I plugged in my USB cable... *Plop!* The battery died abruptly—my PC shut down without any of the usual polite warnings! I looked around, hoping to find someone to strangle... Long story short, you can tell the day started under the worst omens. I was in a foul mood and spread my bad vibes to Dominique, who was initially in much better spirits... I called Mastercard, hoping to get a refund for the non-refundable night in Perth we’d already paid for. Same old song: “We’ll call you back”... Then... I’ll cut it short—buses, trains, lots of waiting... We rushed to reach the infamous Terminal 4.
We tried new options and convinced ourselves that a delayed departure flight is unrecoverable, no matter the scenario. We were furious that BA hadn’t bothered to tell us, leaving us to run around like rats in a burning house.
Tuesday, October 3rd, 2023 Kuala Lumpur-Perth
The flight was pretty nice. 13 hours, though. Dom and I were facing each other across the aisle. We could get up easily whenever we wanted without bothering anyone and chat when we felt like it. Besides, their chicken was amazing. They were kind enough to offer Dom a truly remarkable glass of rum. Good movies too, including the excellent *Prisoners* by Denis Villeneuve. At KL, during boarding, we developed a nagging worry about our luggage. We checked with some Malaysian Airlines staff. I sensed their hesitation. They made calls. Then changed their minds, giving us smiles and thumbs up...
Wednesday, October 4th, 2023 Perth
*Happy is the man who, like Ulysses, has had a fine voyage.* Well, for us, it wasn’t that. Finally arrived, we experienced the loneliness of tourists watching the baggage carousel spin, emptying of its precious containers one by one, until only a handful of travelers were left, staring at each other in disbelief. Without luggage, you’re kinda screwed. Not even a change of socks—our feet had been swimming in the same shoes for 3 days. No adapter, so no laptop. No toiletries. We could’ve cried! The lost luggage guy played his part. If you want compensation, fill out the disclaimer on the website made for that. And then, “Don’t worry, your luggage will arrive tomorrow!” “Don’t worry?!” From the start of the trip, we’ve been jerked around, fed lies. Tomorrow is the *absolute* last chance to get them back. Beyond that, we’d have to scramble a whole new trip. And lose a lot in the process! I have no idea how to go about it. Tomorrow... OMG... Tomorrow... We landed at 1 AM. Avis, the car rental place, opens at 6:30. Luckily, we found some decent breakfast. It cheered us up and gave us a second wind. Incorrigible, we started believing again! Well, then we just killed time. What else was there to do?
In front of Avis’s little shack, we were freezing. We’d been there since dawn. The girl who showed up, a Latina, immediately saw us as a nuisance who’d ruin her hopes of a peaceful start. Her face and tone were as unwelcoming as possible. You know us—it ended with hugs. She gave us a gorgeous, brand-new car! A hybrid with ultra-sophisticated features, all buttons you shouldn’t touch if you want to drive this thing without causing irreparable damage! We’re off! Driving on the left is easy at first. You think about it constantly. It’s counterintuitive, it takes effort. It’s later, when you get used to it and confidence sets in, that it becomes dangerous—old reflexes can send you into a wall. Anyway, the car and I immediately clicked.
In Perth, underground parking next to the hotel, friendly welcome—we ended up forgetting all the morning’s mishaps. Should we go sightseeing?
https://voyageforum.com/images/posts/small/1733767537-5Nwk6t3DsBZNOzf.jpg
Across the street, while we loaded the luggage, S., perched in his window frame, waved a handkerchief. This wasn’t just any trip.
Then things got tricky. It’s funny how fate sinks its teeth into our happy moments—there’s this whole intermediate phase where the poison seeps in unnoticed because you’re still in the dark...
First, there was a delay on our flight to London. Dom immediately went on high alert, while I stayed calm. In my mind, we had two hours. I knew we had to go from Terminal 5 to Terminal 4, but two hours—come on, that’s plenty, right?
Bad calculation! Because those two hours were between the first flight’s landing and the second’s takeoff. But flights close at least half an hour before departure. Getting from one terminal to another means taking a shuttle bus. We waited for the one going to Terminal 4... until a young guy paid to direct people (who hadn’t seen us) informed us it was no longer possible to access Terminal 4 without going through Terminal 2 first for a connection! That really cranked up the pressure. We started installing a mental countdown with a programmed explosion at the end—guaranteed stress with added beads of sweat. The terminal bus was driven by a young Pakistani guy. We were *so* tense we bombarded him with our frantic, repetitive questions. “So? When are we getting there? What’s happening? Why aren’t we moving?” Our eyes were glued to our watches. The poor guy knew. Perfectly. Because it was obvious—no way around it. We weren’t going to make it. It was impossible. But Dom and I stubbornly refused to believe it. Then the kid stopped the bus. Me, hysterical: “What are you doing? What’s going on? Our plane takes off in... in... 4 minutes!!!! We’re gonna miss iiiiiit!” He wasn’t calm either. “You’ve already missed it!” He explained we had to cross a zone that required an escort car to clear a path through the runways. Impossible to do without. It’s forbidden. We had to WAIT (!!!). Then he got a radio call—he had to rush to Terminal 3 to pick up a passenger who was *super* tight on time. “Amir!!!! It’s RIGHT NOW!” they yelled in his already-red ears, thanks to the complaints of two hysterical Frenchies. Dom and I were in overdrive, hallucinating! We wanted to stop him, maybe even hit him to prevent him from turning around. He picked up the girl, whom we instantly hated like the most despicable witch. I turned on my data, searched for Malaysia Airlines’ number at Terminal 4, called, and actually got someone—quite a feat. A woman cut off my frantic rambling with a blunt “It’s over, the check-in is closed, the plane is about to take off.” I heard her but refused to accept it. I yelled, “We’re coming!” She shot back her monolithic “It’s over.” Finally at the doors of that damn Terminal 4, we ran—*really* ran—a marathon, Gate 6, security checks, pat-downs, “Take off your belts,” we asked questions, everyone seemed confident, we ran with one hand holding up our pants, the other clutching our belt, Gate 6—the room was empty. A girl was sitting there, calmly on the phone. We pounced on her. She calmed us down. Little by little, the light came back. Our brains rebooted. We finally understood it was over. We’d have to start crafting a new plan with the new reality. It started with a return to Terminal 5 to talk to British Airways, which took a good hour. With the same driver as before. We were alone with him. He took the time to apologize, to assure us it wasn’t his fault, that our problem had no solution, that nothing could’ve changed the outcome. At BA, we were exhausted. We were greeted by a handsome young man in a navy-blue uniform with gold stripes everywhere. We could’ve made a scene, but we were just relieved to find someone who’d take charge of our story. It was a minimal response, but it was *a* response. I suppose we could’ve demanded a business-class upgrade or a free trip, but we were just happy with a few vouchers for food, a hotel room with breakfast, and a little bag with plastic toys, a razor, toothbrush, hygiene products, and a T-shirt... Trinkets... But we were fine with it all—we said thank you eagerly because the essential was assured. He found us seats on flights tomorrow. *Tomorrow.* We were afraid to hope! We had the exact same flights but a day later. The same crappy times, but it was all good. We felt saved from the shipwreck, like survivors. - And what about the luggage? - .... !!!!
Monday, October 2nd, 2023 London - Kuala Lumpur
It wasn’t the Ritz, but with exhaustion on our side, we slept well. The continental breakfast was way better than we’d expected from an Ibis Budget. Still, it wasn’t enough to restore my joy for life. The course correction had turned into an arduous obstacle course. I scoured the car rental site every which way. Couldn’t reschedule the car. I’d done it before, but this time... Not to mention the laptop battery was complaining—the Brits have this quirk of making their power outlets incompatible with our chargers. Frustrated, I called them but ended up with a girl who declared herself incompetent and offered to have someone from Avis in Perth call me back—someone who’d supposedly handle rentals better. I decided to wait while taking a bath. Barely settled in, the phone rang. I was soaking wet, of course, and asked Dom to answer. Unfortunately, she’s known for disliking my phone, and in a clumsy move, she hung up. We got annoyed. She put dry towels on the edge of the bathtub, but—another false move—they fell in the water. The phone rang again... I completely redid the plans for the next two days, then transferred the files to my phone to consult them later offline. I plugged in my USB cable... *Plop!* The battery died abruptly—my PC shut down without any of the usual polite warnings! I looked around, hoping to find someone to strangle... Long story short, you can tell the day started under the worst omens. I was in a foul mood and spread my bad vibes to Dominique, who was initially in much better spirits... I called Mastercard, hoping to get a refund for the non-refundable night in Perth we’d already paid for. Same old song: “We’ll call you back”... Then... I’ll cut it short—buses, trains, lots of waiting... We rushed to reach the infamous Terminal 4.
We tried new options and convinced ourselves that a delayed departure flight is unrecoverable, no matter the scenario. We were furious that BA hadn’t bothered to tell us, leaving us to run around like rats in a burning house.
Tuesday, October 3rd, 2023 Kuala Lumpur-Perth
The flight was pretty nice. 13 hours, though. Dom and I were facing each other across the aisle. We could get up easily whenever we wanted without bothering anyone and chat when we felt like it. Besides, their chicken was amazing. They were kind enough to offer Dom a truly remarkable glass of rum. Good movies too, including the excellent *Prisoners* by Denis Villeneuve. At KL, during boarding, we developed a nagging worry about our luggage. We checked with some Malaysian Airlines staff. I sensed their hesitation. They made calls. Then changed their minds, giving us smiles and thumbs up...
Wednesday, October 4th, 2023 Perth
*Happy is the man who, like Ulysses, has had a fine voyage.* Well, for us, it wasn’t that. Finally arrived, we experienced the loneliness of tourists watching the baggage carousel spin, emptying of its precious containers one by one, until only a handful of travelers were left, staring at each other in disbelief. Without luggage, you’re kinda screwed. Not even a change of socks—our feet had been swimming in the same shoes for 3 days. No adapter, so no laptop. No toiletries. We could’ve cried! The lost luggage guy played his part. If you want compensation, fill out the disclaimer on the website made for that. And then, “Don’t worry, your luggage will arrive tomorrow!” “Don’t worry?!” From the start of the trip, we’ve been jerked around, fed lies. Tomorrow is the *absolute* last chance to get them back. Beyond that, we’d have to scramble a whole new trip. And lose a lot in the process! I have no idea how to go about it. Tomorrow... OMG... Tomorrow... We landed at 1 AM. Avis, the car rental place, opens at 6:30. Luckily, we found some decent breakfast. It cheered us up and gave us a second wind. Incorrigible, we started believing again! Well, then we just killed time. What else was there to do?
In front of Avis’s little shack, we were freezing. We’d been there since dawn. The girl who showed up, a Latina, immediately saw us as a nuisance who’d ruin her hopes of a peaceful start. Her face and tone were as unwelcoming as possible. You know us—it ended with hugs. She gave us a gorgeous, brand-new car! A hybrid with ultra-sophisticated features, all buttons you shouldn’t touch if you want to drive this thing without causing irreparable damage! We’re off! Driving on the left is easy at first. You think about it constantly. It’s counterintuitive, it takes effort. It’s later, when you get used to it and confidence sets in, that it becomes dangerous—old reflexes can send you into a wall. Anyway, the car and I immediately clicked.
In Perth, underground parking next to the hotel, friendly welcome—we ended up forgetting all the morning’s mishaps. Should we go sightseeing?
https://voyageforum.com/images/posts/small/1733767537-5Nwk6t3DsBZNOzf.jpg
Southwest Part 2: 55 Days in Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, and Utah
This travel journal is the second part of the trip whose first part you can find here: 1st part...
Sunday, August 7: the day we discover a magical place... Edmaier's Secret...
We got up at 8:00 AM, had breakfast on the terrace of our tiny house, and then set off again toward yesterday’s trail. This time, we stopped after 4.5 miles on House Rock Valley Road at the Buckskin Gulch Trail parking lot. We weren’t interested in that trail today—the slot canyon is muddy anyway after the recent storms...
Instead, we explored a lesser-known area that became our playground. And what a playground it was, folks—an out-of-this-world spot, THE highlight of our trip!!! 😏
Just imagine being in the middle of these landscapes, and the cherry on top... no one else around!!!!! Well, we did meet a couple who were coming back—it was 9:30 AM 😮. Did they camp there? Did they turn back? 🙁
After paying the entry permit online, we set off with plenty of water (6L for the four of us) plus a gallon we hid along the way for the return trip. 😉 After a one-hour approach hike along a wash, we reached the sea of sand.
We had to cross it to reach our goal: a strip about 2 km long and 1 km wide that you can explore freely since there’s no marked trail... We entered a few GPS points into our Garmin Etrex, and off we went!!! 😎 It was... magical, enchanting, a true love-at-first-sight moment!
Brain Rock, waves, fine and brittle rock, colors—it goes up, it goes down.
Just thinking about it gives me chills... I remember sitting still for two minutes, taking in these wonders with such emotion that I teared up...
Sunday, August 7: the day we discover a magical place... Edmaier's Secret...
We got up at 8:00 AM, had breakfast on the terrace of our tiny house, and then set off again toward yesterday’s trail. This time, we stopped after 4.5 miles on House Rock Valley Road at the Buckskin Gulch Trail parking lot. We weren’t interested in that trail today—the slot canyon is muddy anyway after the recent storms...
Instead, we explored a lesser-known area that became our playground. And what a playground it was, folks—an out-of-this-world spot, THE highlight of our trip!!! 😏
Just imagine being in the middle of these landscapes, and the cherry on top... no one else around!!!!! Well, we did meet a couple who were coming back—it was 9:30 AM 😮. Did they camp there? Did they turn back? 🙁
After paying the entry permit online, we set off with plenty of water (6L for the four of us) plus a gallon we hid along the way for the return trip. 😉 After a one-hour approach hike along a wash, we reached the sea of sand.
We had to cross it to reach our goal: a strip about 2 km long and 1 km wide that you can explore freely since there’s no marked trail... We entered a few GPS points into our Garmin Etrex, and off we went!!! 😎 It was... magical, enchanting, a true love-at-first-sight moment!
Brain Rock, waves, fine and brittle rock, colors—it goes up, it goes down.
Just thinking about it gives me chills... I remember sitting still for two minutes, taking in these wonders with such emotion that I teared up...
Southwest! 8 weeks with the family, Denver-to-Denver loop, 1st part...
Hey there, VoyageForum!!!
I’ve combed through this site up, down, and sideways to plan our two-month road trip across the American Southwest during the summer of 2022, so it only feels right to give back and revive the USA travel journal section—helping others prep, travel, or relive their own memories! 😏
A quick intro to the stars of this trip is coming soon... in an upcoming post!
Table of Contents:
Road trip introduction Day 1 & 2: the days we double-checked all our papers... Day 3 & 3 bis: The day we discovered Denver... Day 4: The day of the race, the carriage, and the little one’s cough... Day 5: the day the road trip truly began... Day 6 & 6 bis: the day of Nature’s first wonders... Day 7: the day the sky fell on our heads... Day 8 & 8 bis: the day we saw ghosts... Day 9: the day we climbed the mountain... Day 10: the day the theme song from "The Last Picture Show" played on loop in my head... Day 11: the day we lived like Native Americans... Day 12: the day we left civilization behind... Day 13 & 13 bis: the day we explored another planet... Day 14 & 14 bis: the day Caro reunited with HER rocks... Day 15 & 15 bis: the day of the fantastic ride... Day 16: the day we cooled off in Lake Powell... Day 17: the day the Colorado River’s meanders were all ours... Day 18: the day we dipped our feet in the Colorado... Day 19: the day the guys discovered true vastness... Day 20 & 20 bis: the day we covered a few acres of Route 66 before sunset... Day 21: the day the credit card said stop... right before the STRIP... Day 22: the day we finally discovered Cirque du Soleil... Day 23: the day we returned to calm... well, almost... Day 24: the day we reached our home base for 6 nights: Saint George Day 25: the day we should’ve explored Yant Flat... Day 26: the day it was 13°C at Cedar Breaks... Day 27: the day we explored The Narrows in Zion NP... Day 28: the day we discovered Snow Canyon... Day 29: the day we hiked to the "SUBWAY"... Day 30: the day we encountered the abyss—from the north this time... Day 31: the day we arrived in a place where dreams begin... Kanab... Day 32: the day we discovered the first treasures along House Rock Valley... 2nd part: the second part of the journey... Day 33: the day we discovered a magical place... Edmaier's Secret... Day 34: the day Cottonwood Road didn’t open up to us... Day 35: the day of the classic Queen’s Garden + Navajo Loop—and another event that became a classic... Day 36: the second day in Bryce... pure bliss!!! Day 37: the day we swam at the foot of Calf Creek Falls... Day 38: the day we took the Burr Trail, even with storms lurking... Day 39: The day of the goblins... Day 40: the day we enjoyed the peaceful Capitol Reef NP... Day 41: the day of the Rim Overlook and another letdown... Day 42: the day we arrived in... Moab... Day 43: the first day in Arches National Park... Day 44: the day of the Fisher Towers... Day 45: the day of Bow Tie & Corona Arches... Day 46: The day of Shafer Trail + Potash Road... Day 47: The second day in Arches NP... Day 48: the day we discovered Colorado NM in a flash... Day 49: the day of Black Canyon... Day 50: the day we passed through Durango before falling for Silverton... Day 51: the day we went through Ouray and ended up in Gunnison... Day 52: the day of Kebler Pass and arriving at the hot springs... Day 53: the day of hot springs II, then the road back to Denver... Day 54: the last day... Day 55: back home and the RECAP...
I’ve combed through this site up, down, and sideways to plan our two-month road trip across the American Southwest during the summer of 2022, so it only feels right to give back and revive the USA travel journal section—helping others prep, travel, or relive their own memories! 😏
A quick intro to the stars of this trip is coming soon... in an upcoming post!
Table of Contents:
Road trip introduction Day 1 & 2: the days we double-checked all our papers... Day 3 & 3 bis: The day we discovered Denver... Day 4: The day of the race, the carriage, and the little one’s cough... Day 5: the day the road trip truly began... Day 6 & 6 bis: the day of Nature’s first wonders... Day 7: the day the sky fell on our heads... Day 8 & 8 bis: the day we saw ghosts... Day 9: the day we climbed the mountain... Day 10: the day the theme song from "The Last Picture Show" played on loop in my head... Day 11: the day we lived like Native Americans... Day 12: the day we left civilization behind... Day 13 & 13 bis: the day we explored another planet... Day 14 & 14 bis: the day Caro reunited with HER rocks... Day 15 & 15 bis: the day of the fantastic ride... Day 16: the day we cooled off in Lake Powell... Day 17: the day the Colorado River’s meanders were all ours... Day 18: the day we dipped our feet in the Colorado... Day 19: the day the guys discovered true vastness... Day 20 & 20 bis: the day we covered a few acres of Route 66 before sunset... Day 21: the day the credit card said stop... right before the STRIP... Day 22: the day we finally discovered Cirque du Soleil... Day 23: the day we returned to calm... well, almost... Day 24: the day we reached our home base for 6 nights: Saint George Day 25: the day we should’ve explored Yant Flat... Day 26: the day it was 13°C at Cedar Breaks... Day 27: the day we explored The Narrows in Zion NP... Day 28: the day we discovered Snow Canyon... Day 29: the day we hiked to the "SUBWAY"... Day 30: the day we encountered the abyss—from the north this time... Day 31: the day we arrived in a place where dreams begin... Kanab... Day 32: the day we discovered the first treasures along House Rock Valley... 2nd part: the second part of the journey... Day 33: the day we discovered a magical place... Edmaier's Secret... Day 34: the day Cottonwood Road didn’t open up to us... Day 35: the day of the classic Queen’s Garden + Navajo Loop—and another event that became a classic... Day 36: the second day in Bryce... pure bliss!!! Day 37: the day we swam at the foot of Calf Creek Falls... Day 38: the day we took the Burr Trail, even with storms lurking... Day 39: The day of the goblins... Day 40: the day we enjoyed the peaceful Capitol Reef NP... Day 41: the day of the Rim Overlook and another letdown... Day 42: the day we arrived in... Moab... Day 43: the first day in Arches National Park... Day 44: the day of the Fisher Towers... Day 45: the day of Bow Tie & Corona Arches... Day 46: The day of Shafer Trail + Potash Road... Day 47: The second day in Arches NP... Day 48: the day we discovered Colorado NM in a flash... Day 49: the day of Black Canyon... Day 50: the day we passed through Durango before falling for Silverton... Day 51: the day we went through Ouray and ended up in Gunnison... Day 52: the day of Kebler Pass and arriving at the hot springs... Day 53: the day of hot springs II, then the road back to Denver... Day 54: the last day... Day 55: back home and the RECAP...
Solo mom: 10 weeks in Indonesia, including 7 weeks with kids (ages 9 and 13)
Hi there,
I’m planning a trip to Indonesia between June and August 2025. I’ll be traveling solo with my two daughters, ages 9 and 13, for 7 weeks, and then solo without them for another 3 weeks.
This trip has a special meaning for me—I’ve got a break between my soon-to-be former job and launching my business. It’s my first big solo trip outside Europe with just my girls, and I’m heading to Indonesia because I’ve dreamed of discovering Bali since I was 12 (though I’m *terrified* of mass tourism!). Also, five years ago, I decided to limit myself to one flight every 10 years—this is my "big 40" trip, and it’s really important to me. I’ll probably never return to Indonesia after this.
Beyond that, I’d love to immerse myself in Balinese culture. For the rest of the trip, I’m especially drawn to nature and its grandeur. Basically, outside of Bali, I’d love to see breathtaking natural landscapes that are totally different from what I can find in Europe. I’d also love to spot some endemic wildlife (which my girls would find exciting too!). And if I can squeeze in a few "chill" days to just relax or go snorkeling in a nice, quiet spot, I’m all for it.
I’d love your advice, especially since I’d like to start in Bali (we’re arriving around June 20th—I’m hoping to avoid the peak tourist crowds from the Northern Hemisphere summer break).
Thanks!
I’m planning a trip to Indonesia between June and August 2025. I’ll be traveling solo with my two daughters, ages 9 and 13, for 7 weeks, and then solo without them for another 3 weeks.
This trip has a special meaning for me—I’ve got a break between my soon-to-be former job and launching my business. It’s my first big solo trip outside Europe with just my girls, and I’m heading to Indonesia because I’ve dreamed of discovering Bali since I was 12 (though I’m *terrified* of mass tourism!). Also, five years ago, I decided to limit myself to one flight every 10 years—this is my "big 40" trip, and it’s really important to me. I’ll probably never return to Indonesia after this.
Beyond that, I’d love to immerse myself in Balinese culture. For the rest of the trip, I’m especially drawn to nature and its grandeur. Basically, outside of Bali, I’d love to see breathtaking natural landscapes that are totally different from what I can find in Europe. I’d also love to spot some endemic wildlife (which my girls would find exciting too!). And if I can squeeze in a few "chill" days to just relax or go snorkeling in a nice, quiet spot, I’m all for it.
I’d love your advice, especially since I’d like to start in Bali (we’re arriving around June 20th—I’m hoping to avoid the peak tourist crowds from the Northern Hemisphere summer break).
Thanks!
First trips after...
A turbulent period came to an end around 2022.
Many of us have returned to big trips after making only very small ones—or none at all. For a little anecdote, my dentist told me that due to the lack of travel, a lot of clients treated themselves to implants they would’ve otherwise skipped. The joy of traveling again probably gave some vacationers smiles they hadn’t dared to show before!
Here, you can share what’s on your mind: Have these new, real trips disappointed you, rejuvenated you, or just relieved a long frustration?
For my part, not being so young anymore, there was definitely relief but no explosion of joy. I just had the feeling of picking up the thread of life after a foggy pause, with the bitter taste that 2 or 3 years of my life had been partly stolen from me.
Many of us have returned to big trips after making only very small ones—or none at all. For a little anecdote, my dentist told me that due to the lack of travel, a lot of clients treated themselves to implants they would’ve otherwise skipped. The joy of traveling again probably gave some vacationers smiles they hadn’t dared to show before!
Here, you can share what’s on your mind: Have these new, real trips disappointed you, rejuvenated you, or just relieved a long frustration?
For my part, not being so young anymore, there was definitely relief but no explosion of joy. I just had the feeling of picking up the thread of life after a foggy pause, with the bitter taste that 2 or 3 years of my life had been partly stolen from me.
Adventure in Morocco
I’m not going back, the trip is in the past. I’m posting it anyway because the country probably hasn’t changed enough to make the story outdated, and the astonishing beauty of the place deserves to be shared here.
Saturday, May 31, 2014 Mulhouse - Marrakech
A flight that drags on for three and a half hours. Everything goes smoothly until immigration. Like almost everywhere, you have to fill out a little form with your details and arrival address. The problem comes when you hand it to the customs officer with your passport. Right away, you see the lines are way too long for the number of officers working. I steer Dom toward a line further to the left that’s clearly moving faster than the middle ones. Then I firmly pull him to the far left where I think I spotted a new counter opening. Big mistake. Huge. Because that line is notorious for how slowly the security agent checks each person. At 10 minutes per person, with about fifteen ahead of us, we’re looking at two and a half hours. The wait becomes torture. Everyone gets edgy. We watch enviously as people who were way behind us initially zip through the other lines. You feel like complaining. My advice? Don’t. You have no idea how much a pissed-off customs officer can ruin your day! The rule: stay calm and suck it up. Once that hurdle’s over, a taxi and boom, we’re at the Gallia, a no-frills but charming hotel just steps from Jemaa El Fna square. This place is insane! It’s teeming with people. You stick out like a sore thumb with your camera—suddenly, a ton of people want to be your best friend! You’re basically a walking wallet!
We’ve got a meet-up with friends who are here on a work trip with their company’s social committee.
We fully embrace our tourist roles—eating at restaurants made for us, with belly dancers who insist we join in. We go with the flow, we’re not prudes, we have a great evening, no way we’re missing out on the fun...
Sunday, June 1, 2014 Marrakech
Super nice breakfast in the hotel’s patio, a real riad, beautifully decorated.
Originally, we’d planned a trip to the Atlas Mountains, but we ended up wandering around the city instead. Before we knew it, we were in the middle of the central souk’s labyrinth. It’s a feast for the eyes, ears, and especially the nose!
Saturday, May 31, 2014 Mulhouse - Marrakech
A flight that drags on for three and a half hours. Everything goes smoothly until immigration. Like almost everywhere, you have to fill out a little form with your details and arrival address. The problem comes when you hand it to the customs officer with your passport. Right away, you see the lines are way too long for the number of officers working. I steer Dom toward a line further to the left that’s clearly moving faster than the middle ones. Then I firmly pull him to the far left where I think I spotted a new counter opening. Big mistake. Huge. Because that line is notorious for how slowly the security agent checks each person. At 10 minutes per person, with about fifteen ahead of us, we’re looking at two and a half hours. The wait becomes torture. Everyone gets edgy. We watch enviously as people who were way behind us initially zip through the other lines. You feel like complaining. My advice? Don’t. You have no idea how much a pissed-off customs officer can ruin your day! The rule: stay calm and suck it up. Once that hurdle’s over, a taxi and boom, we’re at the Gallia, a no-frills but charming hotel just steps from Jemaa El Fna square. This place is insane! It’s teeming with people. You stick out like a sore thumb with your camera—suddenly, a ton of people want to be your best friend! You’re basically a walking wallet!
We’ve got a meet-up with friends who are here on a work trip with their company’s social committee.
We fully embrace our tourist roles—eating at restaurants made for us, with belly dancers who insist we join in. We go with the flow, we’re not prudes, we have a great evening, no way we’re missing out on the fun...
Sunday, June 1, 2014 Marrakech
Super nice breakfast in the hotel’s patio, a real riad, beautifully decorated.
Originally, we’d planned a trip to the Atlas Mountains, but we ended up wandering around the city instead. Before we knew it, we were in the middle of the central souk’s labyrinth. It’s a feast for the eyes, ears, and especially the nose!
To the Top West End
In this time of general travel-journal scarcity, I’m stepping up to tell you about a far-too-short getaway to the Top West End, a local term for the very northern part of Western Australia, right on the border ( ;) ) with the Northern Territory.
As usual, I didn’t manage to keep it short, but this time I’ve got photos to go with it!
August 2020. Since the opportunities to explore the world are extremely limited right now, all we (R&X) can do is explore our own island! Well, just a part of it, because with the state borders still closed, we’re stuck in Western Australia (WA).
Luckily, we’re pretty fortunate because this state is huge: over 2.5 million km² (that’s more than four times the size of France or 1.5 times Quebec). What’s more, stretching over 20 degrees of latitude between the Antarctic Ocean and the Timor Sea, you’ll find climates ranging from Mediterranean to arid to tropical. That’s actually why we decided to head as far north as possible. Sick of the endless rainy winter in Perth, bring on the heat of the Kimberley... way up Nooorth!
Friday. At the airport, the main terminal was closed (not enough flights), so we ended up in the annex (where flights to the various mines usually depart from). There was no crowd at the gate, and in this huge, single departure lounge, empty seats were plentiful. Only three flights were listed on the screens for the rest of the morning: the first to Coondewanna (?), the second to Darwin, and ours to Kununurra (code KNX).
A cool breeze swept through the half-open corridors along the runways. At the top of the walkway leading to the Fokker 100 (the Airbuses and Boeings are now parked!), a flight attendant greeted us with a basket full of sanitary masks. We were actually the only masked passengers (the staff weren’t wearing them either). With zero Covid-19 cases in WA at the time, the only rule was to maintain social distancing—something pretty hard to do on a full plane!
It was also my first time wearing a mask—it felt weird, pretty uncomfortable, and after a while, painful behind the ears. I really feel for those who have to wear one all day, every day. The flight lasted three long hours, but luckily, I had a good book. From the window, I watched an endless expanse of salt lakes in all shapes and sizes—round, elongated, gray, white, sometimes blue and green—and an infinity of winding, capricious meanders, along with long straight lines that led nowhere. The last half-hour got more interesting as rocky, swollen formations and long, sloping plateaus appeared. Against the vast ochre landscape, green patches became more frequent.
Just before landing, rows of green fields briefly appeared, along with an surprisingly wide river—but we were already rolling down the tarmac. A few hangars, a myriad of small, stationary planes, and a tiny terminal topped with a sign: “Welcome to Kununurra.”
We wanted heat, and here it was—34°C the moment we stepped off the plane! We felt alive again and totally ridiculous in our jeans and sweaters. We quickly grabbed our suitcase and picked up the 4x4 we’d rented—more out of necessity, since only that type of vehicle can access the national parks we planned to visit.
Just four kilometers separated us from Kununurra, a town of 5,000 people founded in 1961 during the construction of the Lake Argyle Dam and the development of the Ord River Irrigation Area Scheme (more on that later). On the horizon, mountain ranges (a bit of an exaggeration, since we know Mt. Meharry, WA’s highest ‘mountain,’ doesn’t even reach 1,250 meters!) and closer to the road, a few irrigation canals cutting through stretches of bush, then a huge park overlooking a small lake lined with reeds.
A row of baobabs (yes, there are baobabs in Australia too!), a series of motels with immaculate lawns, a gas station, and there’s the main street leading to the town center—that is, the parking lots of the two supermarkets, the bottleshop, the pub, the Town Hall, the municipal pool, and the Tourist Office (already closed!), and at the next roundabout, another park, the Presbyterian church, and a few other shops. In short, two or three green blocks that you can explore in no time.
One road leads to the small industrial area and one of the town’s three or four campgrounds, while another heads toward the residential neighborhoods, which look just like the typical suburbs you find in any Australian city—except with tropical vegetation. We stocked up at Coles, an identical copy of the one near our place, and—surprise—the prices were practically the same.
We checked into one of the motels. The receptionist listed the town’s three or four restaurants, insisting that it’s always better to book a table. She recommended the Pump House, a bit outside town on the lake’s edge. “Best spot to watch the sunset, but hurry up.” she told us. It was only 5:00 PM!
When we got there half an hour later, the place was packed, and the sun had already disappeared behind a row of trees! Sure enough, we’d see a few days later that the sunset can be a stunning spectacle—if you wait a bit for the sky (especially if it’s cloudy) to blaze and reflect in the lake’s calm waters. A little disappointed, we headed back into town, where we easily found the other lively spot in town: the pub (nothing like an old English pub). Above the long L-shaped bar, several giant screens (thankfully muted) were broadcasting live footy, rugby league, etc. In one corner, players circled the pool table, while in another, customers were digging into plates of the day’s special. Instead of rooms, there were various patios where groups of friends and coworkers (easily recognizable by the fluoro vests they were still wearing) were gathered. We found a table under a mango tree—unfortunately, a little too close to the guitarist strumming his entire Country Music repertoire, complete with Keith Urban-style tremolos. Guaranteed culture shock!
Since it’s the custom here, we called the Country Club to book a table before the kitchen closed! The CC is the town’s—and even the region’s—fancy spot. Dark decor, modern furniture, dim lighting, and the air conditioning blasting. The twenty or so customers had taken refuge on the vast terrace, lit by torches. The view of the tall eucalyptus trees, illuminated by spotlights shifting from red to blue, was breathtaking.
The menu was minimal, but the grilled salmon was excellent, and the Pavlova (the meringue dessert Kiwis and Aussies have been arguing over since 1906) with melon and watermelon was absolutely divine.
It wasn’t even 9:00 PM, and we were already in bed. Had we already adopted the Top West End’s chicken schedule?!
To be continued... Journal dedicated to Attila
As usual, I didn’t manage to keep it short, but this time I’ve got photos to go with it!
August 2020. Since the opportunities to explore the world are extremely limited right now, all we (R&X) can do is explore our own island! Well, just a part of it, because with the state borders still closed, we’re stuck in Western Australia (WA).
Luckily, we’re pretty fortunate because this state is huge: over 2.5 million km² (that’s more than four times the size of France or 1.5 times Quebec). What’s more, stretching over 20 degrees of latitude between the Antarctic Ocean and the Timor Sea, you’ll find climates ranging from Mediterranean to arid to tropical. That’s actually why we decided to head as far north as possible. Sick of the endless rainy winter in Perth, bring on the heat of the Kimberley... way up Nooorth!
Friday. At the airport, the main terminal was closed (not enough flights), so we ended up in the annex (where flights to the various mines usually depart from). There was no crowd at the gate, and in this huge, single departure lounge, empty seats were plentiful. Only three flights were listed on the screens for the rest of the morning: the first to Coondewanna (?), the second to Darwin, and ours to Kununurra (code KNX).
A cool breeze swept through the half-open corridors along the runways. At the top of the walkway leading to the Fokker 100 (the Airbuses and Boeings are now parked!), a flight attendant greeted us with a basket full of sanitary masks. We were actually the only masked passengers (the staff weren’t wearing them either). With zero Covid-19 cases in WA at the time, the only rule was to maintain social distancing—something pretty hard to do on a full plane!
It was also my first time wearing a mask—it felt weird, pretty uncomfortable, and after a while, painful behind the ears. I really feel for those who have to wear one all day, every day. The flight lasted three long hours, but luckily, I had a good book. From the window, I watched an endless expanse of salt lakes in all shapes and sizes—round, elongated, gray, white, sometimes blue and green—and an infinity of winding, capricious meanders, along with long straight lines that led nowhere. The last half-hour got more interesting as rocky, swollen formations and long, sloping plateaus appeared. Against the vast ochre landscape, green patches became more frequent.
Just before landing, rows of green fields briefly appeared, along with an surprisingly wide river—but we were already rolling down the tarmac. A few hangars, a myriad of small, stationary planes, and a tiny terminal topped with a sign: “Welcome to Kununurra.”
We wanted heat, and here it was—34°C the moment we stepped off the plane! We felt alive again and totally ridiculous in our jeans and sweaters. We quickly grabbed our suitcase and picked up the 4x4 we’d rented—more out of necessity, since only that type of vehicle can access the national parks we planned to visit.
Just four kilometers separated us from Kununurra, a town of 5,000 people founded in 1961 during the construction of the Lake Argyle Dam and the development of the Ord River Irrigation Area Scheme (more on that later). On the horizon, mountain ranges (a bit of an exaggeration, since we know Mt. Meharry, WA’s highest ‘mountain,’ doesn’t even reach 1,250 meters!) and closer to the road, a few irrigation canals cutting through stretches of bush, then a huge park overlooking a small lake lined with reeds.
A row of baobabs (yes, there are baobabs in Australia too!), a series of motels with immaculate lawns, a gas station, and there’s the main street leading to the town center—that is, the parking lots of the two supermarkets, the bottleshop, the pub, the Town Hall, the municipal pool, and the Tourist Office (already closed!), and at the next roundabout, another park, the Presbyterian church, and a few other shops. In short, two or three green blocks that you can explore in no time.
One road leads to the small industrial area and one of the town’s three or four campgrounds, while another heads toward the residential neighborhoods, which look just like the typical suburbs you find in any Australian city—except with tropical vegetation. We stocked up at Coles, an identical copy of the one near our place, and—surprise—the prices were practically the same.
We checked into one of the motels. The receptionist listed the town’s three or four restaurants, insisting that it’s always better to book a table. She recommended the Pump House, a bit outside town on the lake’s edge. “Best spot to watch the sunset, but hurry up.” she told us. It was only 5:00 PM!
When we got there half an hour later, the place was packed, and the sun had already disappeared behind a row of trees! Sure enough, we’d see a few days later that the sunset can be a stunning spectacle—if you wait a bit for the sky (especially if it’s cloudy) to blaze and reflect in the lake’s calm waters. A little disappointed, we headed back into town, where we easily found the other lively spot in town: the pub (nothing like an old English pub). Above the long L-shaped bar, several giant screens (thankfully muted) were broadcasting live footy, rugby league, etc. In one corner, players circled the pool table, while in another, customers were digging into plates of the day’s special. Instead of rooms, there were various patios where groups of friends and coworkers (easily recognizable by the fluoro vests they were still wearing) were gathered. We found a table under a mango tree—unfortunately, a little too close to the guitarist strumming his entire Country Music repertoire, complete with Keith Urban-style tremolos. Guaranteed culture shock!
Since it’s the custom here, we called the Country Club to book a table before the kitchen closed! The CC is the town’s—and even the region’s—fancy spot. Dark decor, modern furniture, dim lighting, and the air conditioning blasting. The twenty or so customers had taken refuge on the vast terrace, lit by torches. The view of the tall eucalyptus trees, illuminated by spotlights shifting from red to blue, was breathtaking.
The menu was minimal, but the grilled salmon was excellent, and the Pavlova (the meringue dessert Kiwis and Aussies have been arguing over since 1906) with melon and watermelon was absolutely divine.
It wasn’t even 9:00 PM, and we were already in bed. Had we already adopted the Top West End’s chicken schedule?!
To be continued... Journal dedicated to Attila
Three weeks in Quebec at the start of summer 2018, on a "semi-organized" trip
I’ve been putting off posting my Quebec travel experience for a long time. Two years later, I’ve finally decided to share it. The memories are still vivid. I hope this gives you the urge to visit this beautiful region, which I literally fell in love with.
We’re traveling as four adults: my brother Guy, my sister-in-law Martine, my friend Pascal, and myself (Christian).
We entrusted the flight, hotel, and car reservations to the travel agency Amplitudes in Toulouse. Planning the day-to-day activities was up to us. We scheduled a few must-see visits, but for the rest, we’d figure it out on the spot.
Our itinerary: Quebec City / Rimouski / Carleton-sur-Mer / Percé / Sainte-Anne-des-Monts / Matane / Tadoussac / Sainte-Rose-du-Nord / Chambord / Saint-Alexis-des-Monts / Montreal
06/25 Here we are at Roissy Charles de Gaulle for the usual pre-flight formalities. Everything goes smoothly and quickly. The hardest part is waiting for takeoff. After an uneventful flight on an Air Canada Boeing 777-300ER, we land at Montréal-Pierre Elliott Trudeau Airport (YUL) in the early afternoon.
At customs, a surprise—no grumpy officer, but a smiling customs agent who jokingly asks me to name three tourist spots in Quebec, or else he won’t let me in. I pass the test easily and enter Quebec!
We head to the Alamo counter at Trudeau Airport to pick up our car: a Ford Escape with only 300 kilometers on the odometer.
We decided to head straight to Quebec City, saving Montreal for the end of the trip. Pascal takes the wheel and gets on the Trans-Canada Highway E20 for a 255 km drive, taking about 2 hours and 45 minutes. With the time difference, we’re already feeling hungry, so we stop for our first poutine at a highway restaurant.
When we arrive in Quebec City, we go straight to the Clarendon Hotel, located right in the heart of Old Quebec. We’ll be staying there for three nights. Tonight, no restaurant—just a short walk around the hotel before bed. We discover a square with pretty colored water fountains near the city hall.
It’s only 9 PM, but our body clocks say it’s 3 AM.
We’re traveling as four adults: my brother Guy, my sister-in-law Martine, my friend Pascal, and myself (Christian).
We entrusted the flight, hotel, and car reservations to the travel agency Amplitudes in Toulouse. Planning the day-to-day activities was up to us. We scheduled a few must-see visits, but for the rest, we’d figure it out on the spot.
Our itinerary: Quebec City / Rimouski / Carleton-sur-Mer / Percé / Sainte-Anne-des-Monts / Matane / Tadoussac / Sainte-Rose-du-Nord / Chambord / Saint-Alexis-des-Monts / Montreal
06/25 Here we are at Roissy Charles de Gaulle for the usual pre-flight formalities. Everything goes smoothly and quickly. The hardest part is waiting for takeoff. After an uneventful flight on an Air Canada Boeing 777-300ER, we land at Montréal-Pierre Elliott Trudeau Airport (YUL) in the early afternoon.
At customs, a surprise—no grumpy officer, but a smiling customs agent who jokingly asks me to name three tourist spots in Quebec, or else he won’t let me in. I pass the test easily and enter Quebec!
We head to the Alamo counter at Trudeau Airport to pick up our car: a Ford Escape with only 300 kilometers on the odometer.
We decided to head straight to Quebec City, saving Montreal for the end of the trip. Pascal takes the wheel and gets on the Trans-Canada Highway E20 for a 255 km drive, taking about 2 hours and 45 minutes. With the time difference, we’re already feeling hungry, so we stop for our first poutine at a highway restaurant.
When we arrive in Quebec City, we go straight to the Clarendon Hotel, located right in the heart of Old Quebec. We’ll be staying there for three nights. Tonight, no restaurant—just a short walk around the hotel before bed. We discover a square with pretty colored water fountains near the city hall.
It’s only 9 PM, but our body clocks say it’s 3 AM.Concrete changes in how you travel during the crisis
Hi everyone,
I was wondering how the coronavirus pandemic has impacted the way you travel or plan your trips. I know some of these points have been discussed before, but what I’m interested in here is the concrete, present, and personal—no politics and nothing post-COVID.
Here are a few ideas—do any of these resonate with you?
- Traveling shorter distances / for shorter durations - Favoring rural or less crowded areas over urban or overcrowded ones - Opting for private transportation over public transit - Traveling solo or at least in pairs rather than in groups - Waiting until the crisis is over and saving money in the meantime - Reassessing health risks (and updating your first-aid kit/medications and vaccinations) - ...
I’m sure you’ll have other things to add. The floor is yours!
I was wondering how the coronavirus pandemic has impacted the way you travel or plan your trips. I know some of these points have been discussed before, but what I’m interested in here is the concrete, present, and personal—no politics and nothing post-COVID.
Here are a few ideas—do any of these resonate with you?
- Traveling shorter distances / for shorter durations - Favoring rural or less crowded areas over urban or overcrowded ones - Opting for private transportation over public transit - Traveling solo or at least in pairs rather than in groups - Waiting until the crisis is over and saving money in the meantime - Reassessing health risks (and updating your first-aid kit/medications and vaccinations) - ...
I’m sure you’ll have other things to add. The floor is yours!
Recap of our family trip to Romania in 2019
Hi everyone,
Better late than never—I’m finally getting around to sharing our trip to Romania from last year.
Before I start, I have a personal history with this country: I lived there in 2004 for three and a half months during a student internship. I still have friends there and a decent grasp of Romanian. That helps. But more than anything, I’ve grown attached to the country. It’s well-deserved—Romania gives back just as much. That said, when I talk about it, maybe I see things differently than someone visiting for the first time.
This was my third trip to Romania. This time, I brought my wife and our two daughters. After years of wanting to take a family trip there, this was finally the right moment. My wife wasn’t exactly thrilled at first—she’d been hesitant for years. But she ended up loving it, and we’ll definitely go back together. For our 6- and 8-year-old girls, the trip was fascinating in so many ways: the sights, learning about communism and totalitarian regimes, the Roma community, how different religions coexist, the Saxon minorities...
We landed in Bucharest last July. We spent two and a half weeks in the country. We took off from Toulouse early in the morning and arrived at Bucharest airport around noon. We flew with Lufthansa because it’s a solid airline and the cheapest option we found.
We rented a car. I don’t remember the rental agency’s name, but we got scammed a bit. We’d booked insurance through Booking, but when we arrived, we couldn’t print a credit card receipt. The issue? We only had debit cards, not credit cards (or vice versa), and without one, we couldn’t pick up the car without buying their on-site insurance. It was buried in the fine print—I’d read it but naively assumed a gold card would work. So, we had to take extra insurance. Basically, we threw 120 € in insurance fees out the window. Still, we got a Dacia Logan, and it ran like a dream the whole trip.
Here’s our rough itinerary: - Bucharest Airport => Sinaia => Brasov - Brasov => Viscri => Sighișoara => Sovata - Sovata => Bicaz Gorge => Iași - Iași => Bucharest
**Sinaia** We started in Sinaia, in the Carpathians. It’s an old Romanian vacation spot from the country’s golden age. A really nice place with great hikes. The mountains are stunning, covered in tall fir trees. There are beautiful buildings and old houses—it’s all very charming. We took the cable car up to the summit (no time to hike with the kids). It’s an old 1960s cable car with two sections (there are also detachable chairlifts). The view from the top is amazing. Then, Peles Castle—a must-see.
**On the road to Brasov** We stayed in a homestay in the village of Purcareni (15 minutes from Brasov by car) through an association called "L’Arbre de Joie." We spent a few days there. The association was founded by a French woman in the 90s and runs local projects. The family we stayed with was Hungarian. The price was around 90 € per day, including breakfast and dinner. The host spoke a little French, and her 16-year-old daughter spoke English fluently. We had great conversations. This family lives like a typical French family—they work at a clinic and a factory, own a car, and have a small chalet in the nearby mountains. From Purcareni, we explored: - **Bran Castle**: The iconic castle. There are way more tourist stalls now than when I first visited in 2004, but it’s still charming and worth seeing. - **Zărnești Bear Reserve**: Interesting—you learn a lot about bears. But it’s expensive, and it’s sad to see these beautiful animals in captivity. - **Râșnov Citadel**: Right near Zărnești. We did Bran, the bears, and this citadel all in one day last year. It’s pretty—you hike up a trail to get there. The view is gorgeous, but the site feels a bit neglected (or not fully restored yet). Some people love it, others don’t, but at least it’s authentic and not some Disneyland with fry stands everywhere. - **Brasov**: Of course! We went twice. It’s beautiful and nothing like what you’d imagine Romania to look like. We hiked up the hill overlooking the city—about 45 to 60 minutes with the kids. The view from the top is incredible, especially over the medieval rooftops. I wasn’t expecting much—I thought we’d see rundown buildings, but the "new" part of town is built farther to the right, so you barely notice it. - One day, we took a horse-drawn carriage (a touristy thing to do for the kids) to our hosts’ second home. It was still really fun. The area is super wild—just a few kilometers from the village, so close to Brasov. We ate *amazingly* with them. Traditional Romanian food is best enjoyed in people’s homes, not restaurants. So, I’d recommend eating at small guesthouses or homestays as much as possible.
**On the road to Viscri** No stops—just straight to Viscri. I found Viscri just as I’d left it in 2004. Maybe a few more tourists, maybe one or two new restaurants. The road still isn’t paved in the village. Viscri is my favorite place in Romania—a simple village with colorful houses. We found a reasonably priced Airbnb and had a great evening with our hosts. They were fascinating people, and we talked about Romania, Saxon minorities, Europe... The next morning, I went for a run and found a trail in the nearby forest. I followed it for a while before turning back. We also visited the fortified church.
**Sighișoara** I’d been there in 2004 and wasn’t particularly moved or impressed. I felt the same way in 2019. But that’s just our take.
**Sovata** In Sovata, we traveled the way I love—arriving around 5 PM with nothing booked and finding a place to stay by asking around. We ended up in homestays for two nights, and both were great. It’s a Hungarian-Romanian thermal spa town. The place is nice but nothing extraordinary, except when you get closer (but not too close) to the thermal complexes. There, you’ll find beautiful mansions and hotels from the early 19th century. It’s touristy, but only Romanians go there. We visited a warm-water lake—it was fun for the folklore, though the water wasn’t exactly inviting. Apparently, there’s another lake higher up that’s so salty you float in it, but we didn’t go. In the afternoon, we took the tourist steam train ("mocăniță" in Romanian). It was a blast—we chatted with people in the carriage. The train covers about 20 kilometers, then turns around (the locomotive detaches, spins, and reattaches). Everyone gets off at the halfway point, where people grill corn on the cob. Then the train heads back. The scenery isn’t breathtaking, but the fields were full of flowers, and the ride was lovely.
**Toward Bicaz Gorge** The next day, we headed to Bicaz Gorge and the Ceahlău Massif in Neamț (pronounced "Nyamts"). We passed through Corund, a village known for local crafts. Whether it’s actually made there or not is always up for debate in a society where cutting corners is common. Still, we found some nice plates, dishes, and souvenirs to bring home. Funny story: I was chatting with a young saleswoman in Romanian and was shocked to realize she didn’t understand me—not because my Romanian was bad, but because she *didn’t speak Romanian at all*. She only spoke Hungarian. Mind-blowing: you’re Romanian and don’t speak Romanian? We crossed a mountain (or big hill) before reaching the Gheorgheni plain—a small town nestled in the mountains, feeling like the end of the world. Was it the season? We saw *so many* storks, and they were *so close*. It was adorable.
**Bicaz Gorge** We stopped at "Lacul Roșu" (Red Lake) to take a boat ride with the kids. (Yeah, we did things we don’t usually do—gotta keep everyone engaged! And maybe that’s why they have such great memories of the trip.) Then, the Bicaz Gorge—one of my favorite spots in Romania. We stayed at Pensiunea Paleu in Bicazu Ardelean, a place I already knew. I think the price for four people, half-board (with delicious home-cooked meals), was around 90 € per day. The rooms are clean and simple, and there’s a big garden with a vegetable patch, a cow, and a pig. Most of the food served comes straight from the garden.
In the afternoon, after much hesitation, we headed to Ceahlău National Park. About 30 minutes by car, we entered the park (after waking up the park ranger, who reeked of booze and was napping). We drove to the end of the road, and then—against all odds—the four of us made it to the summit of Toaca Peak. This peak towers over the surrounding mountains. It was a great hike—starting in the Carpathian fir forests, then crossing a plateau covered in flowers (mid-July). We stopped for a drink at Cabana Dochia before heading up. The summit is a bit unusual because they’ve installed a big metal staircase. It’s steep in places—straight up, and I wouldn’t want to fall. There’s a sturdy railing, though. Even if the "normal route" doesn’t seem too hard. The view from the top is stunning—you can see the entire Carpathian region, vast forests, and the Bicaz Lake below.
**Iași** I used to live in Iași. We stayed with my former internship supervisor and his family. It’s not the first time we’ve crashed at people’s places. In Iași, we visited: - **The Opera House**: A beautiful building from the early 20th century, if I’m not mistaken. Our friends arranged a tour with the firefighters, who let us in and showed us around. It was fun. - **The "Hall of Lost Steps"**: You enter a massive room with stunning woodwork. It’s a huge university library, home to around a million books. The whole place is meticulously decorated. Visiting this room makes you wonder how Romania could have such a grand image. This country, in its golden age, had universities and thinkers. When you build something like this for knowledge and science, you’ve come a long way. - **The Palace of Culture**: This building was completely run-down in 2004 but has since been fully renovated. Where it was once gray, dull, and dirty, it now shines in the sunlight. It’s magnificent.
Beyond these three sights, we explored parks, wandered the city, went treetop climbing, and spent time with friends. Sure, Iași is way over in the east on a map of Romania, but it’s worth the detour.
After Iași, we headed back.
**In conclusion**, we spent three weeks in Romania. Here’s a rough breakdown of expenses (in €, all taxes included): - Flight tickets: 660 € - Car rental for 2.5 weeks: 250 € - Everything else (accommodation, food, activities, etc.): around 1,500 €
All in all, the trip wasn’t exactly cheap—around 2,500 to 2,800 € total. But we had a blast, and that’s what matters.
I had tons of great photos and wanted to share some, but I couldn’t upload them. If anyone’s interested, I can send them along.
Better late than never—I’m finally getting around to sharing our trip to Romania from last year.
Before I start, I have a personal history with this country: I lived there in 2004 for three and a half months during a student internship. I still have friends there and a decent grasp of Romanian. That helps. But more than anything, I’ve grown attached to the country. It’s well-deserved—Romania gives back just as much. That said, when I talk about it, maybe I see things differently than someone visiting for the first time.
This was my third trip to Romania. This time, I brought my wife and our two daughters. After years of wanting to take a family trip there, this was finally the right moment. My wife wasn’t exactly thrilled at first—she’d been hesitant for years. But she ended up loving it, and we’ll definitely go back together. For our 6- and 8-year-old girls, the trip was fascinating in so many ways: the sights, learning about communism and totalitarian regimes, the Roma community, how different religions coexist, the Saxon minorities...
We landed in Bucharest last July. We spent two and a half weeks in the country. We took off from Toulouse early in the morning and arrived at Bucharest airport around noon. We flew with Lufthansa because it’s a solid airline and the cheapest option we found.
We rented a car. I don’t remember the rental agency’s name, but we got scammed a bit. We’d booked insurance through Booking, but when we arrived, we couldn’t print a credit card receipt. The issue? We only had debit cards, not credit cards (or vice versa), and without one, we couldn’t pick up the car without buying their on-site insurance. It was buried in the fine print—I’d read it but naively assumed a gold card would work. So, we had to take extra insurance. Basically, we threw 120 € in insurance fees out the window. Still, we got a Dacia Logan, and it ran like a dream the whole trip.
Here’s our rough itinerary: - Bucharest Airport => Sinaia => Brasov - Brasov => Viscri => Sighișoara => Sovata - Sovata => Bicaz Gorge => Iași - Iași => Bucharest
**Sinaia** We started in Sinaia, in the Carpathians. It’s an old Romanian vacation spot from the country’s golden age. A really nice place with great hikes. The mountains are stunning, covered in tall fir trees. There are beautiful buildings and old houses—it’s all very charming. We took the cable car up to the summit (no time to hike with the kids). It’s an old 1960s cable car with two sections (there are also detachable chairlifts). The view from the top is amazing. Then, Peles Castle—a must-see.
**On the road to Brasov** We stayed in a homestay in the village of Purcareni (15 minutes from Brasov by car) through an association called "L’Arbre de Joie." We spent a few days there. The association was founded by a French woman in the 90s and runs local projects. The family we stayed with was Hungarian. The price was around 90 € per day, including breakfast and dinner. The host spoke a little French, and her 16-year-old daughter spoke English fluently. We had great conversations. This family lives like a typical French family—they work at a clinic and a factory, own a car, and have a small chalet in the nearby mountains. From Purcareni, we explored: - **Bran Castle**: The iconic castle. There are way more tourist stalls now than when I first visited in 2004, but it’s still charming and worth seeing. - **Zărnești Bear Reserve**: Interesting—you learn a lot about bears. But it’s expensive, and it’s sad to see these beautiful animals in captivity. - **Râșnov Citadel**: Right near Zărnești. We did Bran, the bears, and this citadel all in one day last year. It’s pretty—you hike up a trail to get there. The view is gorgeous, but the site feels a bit neglected (or not fully restored yet). Some people love it, others don’t, but at least it’s authentic and not some Disneyland with fry stands everywhere. - **Brasov**: Of course! We went twice. It’s beautiful and nothing like what you’d imagine Romania to look like. We hiked up the hill overlooking the city—about 45 to 60 minutes with the kids. The view from the top is incredible, especially over the medieval rooftops. I wasn’t expecting much—I thought we’d see rundown buildings, but the "new" part of town is built farther to the right, so you barely notice it. - One day, we took a horse-drawn carriage (a touristy thing to do for the kids) to our hosts’ second home. It was still really fun. The area is super wild—just a few kilometers from the village, so close to Brasov. We ate *amazingly* with them. Traditional Romanian food is best enjoyed in people’s homes, not restaurants. So, I’d recommend eating at small guesthouses or homestays as much as possible.
**On the road to Viscri** No stops—just straight to Viscri. I found Viscri just as I’d left it in 2004. Maybe a few more tourists, maybe one or two new restaurants. The road still isn’t paved in the village. Viscri is my favorite place in Romania—a simple village with colorful houses. We found a reasonably priced Airbnb and had a great evening with our hosts. They were fascinating people, and we talked about Romania, Saxon minorities, Europe... The next morning, I went for a run and found a trail in the nearby forest. I followed it for a while before turning back. We also visited the fortified church.
**Sighișoara** I’d been there in 2004 and wasn’t particularly moved or impressed. I felt the same way in 2019. But that’s just our take.
**Sovata** In Sovata, we traveled the way I love—arriving around 5 PM with nothing booked and finding a place to stay by asking around. We ended up in homestays for two nights, and both were great. It’s a Hungarian-Romanian thermal spa town. The place is nice but nothing extraordinary, except when you get closer (but not too close) to the thermal complexes. There, you’ll find beautiful mansions and hotels from the early 19th century. It’s touristy, but only Romanians go there. We visited a warm-water lake—it was fun for the folklore, though the water wasn’t exactly inviting. Apparently, there’s another lake higher up that’s so salty you float in it, but we didn’t go. In the afternoon, we took the tourist steam train ("mocăniță" in Romanian). It was a blast—we chatted with people in the carriage. The train covers about 20 kilometers, then turns around (the locomotive detaches, spins, and reattaches). Everyone gets off at the halfway point, where people grill corn on the cob. Then the train heads back. The scenery isn’t breathtaking, but the fields were full of flowers, and the ride was lovely.
**Toward Bicaz Gorge** The next day, we headed to Bicaz Gorge and the Ceahlău Massif in Neamț (pronounced "Nyamts"). We passed through Corund, a village known for local crafts. Whether it’s actually made there or not is always up for debate in a society where cutting corners is common. Still, we found some nice plates, dishes, and souvenirs to bring home. Funny story: I was chatting with a young saleswoman in Romanian and was shocked to realize she didn’t understand me—not because my Romanian was bad, but because she *didn’t speak Romanian at all*. She only spoke Hungarian. Mind-blowing: you’re Romanian and don’t speak Romanian? We crossed a mountain (or big hill) before reaching the Gheorgheni plain—a small town nestled in the mountains, feeling like the end of the world. Was it the season? We saw *so many* storks, and they were *so close*. It was adorable.
**Bicaz Gorge** We stopped at "Lacul Roșu" (Red Lake) to take a boat ride with the kids. (Yeah, we did things we don’t usually do—gotta keep everyone engaged! And maybe that’s why they have such great memories of the trip.) Then, the Bicaz Gorge—one of my favorite spots in Romania. We stayed at Pensiunea Paleu in Bicazu Ardelean, a place I already knew. I think the price for four people, half-board (with delicious home-cooked meals), was around 90 € per day. The rooms are clean and simple, and there’s a big garden with a vegetable patch, a cow, and a pig. Most of the food served comes straight from the garden.
In the afternoon, after much hesitation, we headed to Ceahlău National Park. About 30 minutes by car, we entered the park (after waking up the park ranger, who reeked of booze and was napping). We drove to the end of the road, and then—against all odds—the four of us made it to the summit of Toaca Peak. This peak towers over the surrounding mountains. It was a great hike—starting in the Carpathian fir forests, then crossing a plateau covered in flowers (mid-July). We stopped for a drink at Cabana Dochia before heading up. The summit is a bit unusual because they’ve installed a big metal staircase. It’s steep in places—straight up, and I wouldn’t want to fall. There’s a sturdy railing, though. Even if the "normal route" doesn’t seem too hard. The view from the top is stunning—you can see the entire Carpathian region, vast forests, and the Bicaz Lake below.
**Iași** I used to live in Iași. We stayed with my former internship supervisor and his family. It’s not the first time we’ve crashed at people’s places. In Iași, we visited: - **The Opera House**: A beautiful building from the early 20th century, if I’m not mistaken. Our friends arranged a tour with the firefighters, who let us in and showed us around. It was fun. - **The "Hall of Lost Steps"**: You enter a massive room with stunning woodwork. It’s a huge university library, home to around a million books. The whole place is meticulously decorated. Visiting this room makes you wonder how Romania could have such a grand image. This country, in its golden age, had universities and thinkers. When you build something like this for knowledge and science, you’ve come a long way. - **The Palace of Culture**: This building was completely run-down in 2004 but has since been fully renovated. Where it was once gray, dull, and dirty, it now shines in the sunlight. It’s magnificent.
Beyond these three sights, we explored parks, wandered the city, went treetop climbing, and spent time with friends. Sure, Iași is way over in the east on a map of Romania, but it’s worth the detour.
After Iași, we headed back.
**In conclusion**, we spent three weeks in Romania. Here’s a rough breakdown of expenses (in €, all taxes included): - Flight tickets: 660 € - Car rental for 2.5 weeks: 250 € - Everything else (accommodation, food, activities, etc.): around 1,500 €
All in all, the trip wasn’t exactly cheap—around 2,500 to 2,800 € total. But we had a blast, and that’s what matters.
I had tons of great photos and wanted to share some, but I couldn’t upload them. If anyone’s interested, I can send them along.
Selfie à Auschwitz English translation pending
Bonjour à tous,
Le hasard total de mes "promenades " sur le net m'ont amené à un article du Huffington post qui explique que le centre mémorial d'Auschwitz a été contraint de faire un " rappel à l'ordre " devant la recrudescence des visiteurs ( comme si on visitait en ce lieu ! ) faisant des selfies devant la porte, devant les bâtiments, devant des photos de prisonniers décharnés, sur les rails....
J'ai eu peine à le croire et en regardant sur G images en tapant selfie Auschwitz, j'ai pu constater le summum de la honte ! Déjà, cette mode des selfies m'agace un peu, mais alors là, cela dépasse mon entendement et le respect qui doit prévaloir en ce lieu.
C'était mon " coup de gueule de ce soir,
Respect à vous toutes et tous et bonne soirée.
Le hasard total de mes "promenades " sur le net m'ont amené à un article du Huffington post qui explique que le centre mémorial d'Auschwitz a été contraint de faire un " rappel à l'ordre " devant la recrudescence des visiteurs ( comme si on visitait en ce lieu ! ) faisant des selfies devant la porte, devant les bâtiments, devant des photos de prisonniers décharnés, sur les rails....
J'ai eu peine à le croire et en regardant sur G images en tapant selfie Auschwitz, j'ai pu constater le summum de la honte ! Déjà, cette mode des selfies m'agace un peu, mais alors là, cela dépasse mon entendement et le respect qui doit prévaloir en ce lieu.
C'était mon " coup de gueule de ce soir,
Respect à vous toutes et tous et bonne soirée.
Cécile découvre Amsterdam, les Pays-Bas et... Metz English translation pending
et hop ! une nouvelle capitale européenne et ses alentours pour Cécile ....
Brel et Béart ont chanté cette charmante ville qui lui tardait de découvrir.. grâce à un CE généreux qui rend accessibles les Adagio Hôtel d'Europe...
11h de route ce dimanche de de retour de vacances... arrivée tardive et nocturne sur place donc dodo le 1er soir
La météo est mouvant mais que rien ne nous arrête... direction Utrecht..
1er choc: des vélos partout !!!! donc vitesse réduite ce qui permet de découvrir des bâtiments insolites
Utrecht centre ses canaux, l'Oudegracht
les touristes n ont pas encore envahi les bars des quais
Même le ramassage des poubelles se fait par péniche!
Pas de chance les 465 marches du Dom sont impossibles d accès
Brel et Béart ont chanté cette charmante ville qui lui tardait de découvrir.. grâce à un CE généreux qui rend accessibles les Adagio Hôtel d'Europe...
11h de route ce dimanche de de retour de vacances... arrivée tardive et nocturne sur place donc dodo le 1er soir
La météo est mouvant mais que rien ne nous arrête... direction Utrecht..
1er choc: des vélos partout !!!! donc vitesse réduite ce qui permet de découvrir des bâtiments insolites
Utrecht centre ses canaux, l'Oudegracht
les touristes n ont pas encore envahi les bars des quais
Même le ramassage des poubelles se fait par péniche!
Pas de chance les 465 marches du Dom sont impossibles d accès
On part en vadrouille au Cambodge! English translation pending
Hello tout le monde !
Vous trouverez ci-dessous mon carnet dédié au voyage que j'ai réalisé l'an passé au Cambodge...
La restriction du nombre de photos imposée par VF m'empêchera de publier ici tous mes clichés. Vous pouvez donc les consulter sur mon site : https://www.onpartenvadrouille.com/ où toutes les journées sont déjà accessibles. Bonne lecture !!!
9 février - Vers un nouveau départ...
L’air de rien, monsieur l’hiver s’est installé confortablement, apportant avec lui dans ses bagages ses amis les nuages grisâtres, nuits tombant à dix-sept heures, gouttes au nez et vieux barbu tout de rouge vêtu. Alors, l’humain lambda boude dans son coin, prétextant une déprime passagère hivernale et une envie d’hibernation foudroyante. Chanceux que je suis, c’est à ce moment précis que chaque année, le génie sort de ma lampe de chevet : « Bonjour maître ! Qu’est-ce qui vous ferait plaisir ?... Un nouveau petit voyage, peut-être ? - Je dis oui, oui et re-oui » ! Chouette, il est temps de préparer les valises et de faire un choix. Choix très difficile entre mes tongs bleues et mes tongs orange. Et puis choix de la destination ! Pique-nique-douille, c’est toi l’andouille de Guéméné ! Suosdei !!! Si je te dis « Salut » dans une langue qui fleure bon l’exotisme, c’est que nous allons ensemble partager un nouveau voyage en direction de l’Asie du sud-est. Et oui, l’Asie du sud-est en hiver, il n’y a rien de mieux pour te requinquer un homme. Et puis l’Asie du sud-est, je l’ai dans la peau, au sens propre comme au sens figuré. Et cette fois-ci, ce sera dans un pays frontalier de la Thaïlande, du Laos et du Vietnam. Pays sous protectorat français jusqu’en 1953, titre d’une chanson de Kim Wilde, pays dont la capitale est Phnom Penh, je suis, je suis, … Ding dong, trop tard !... Le Cambodge !
Qui dit introduction à un nouveau voyage dit aussi interrogatoire. Je mets ma petite robe blanche moulante, je croise, je décroise les jambes, … Oups, j’avais oublié de mettre une culotte… C’est bon, l’interrogatoire peut débuter :
Qui ? Pour m’accompagner, ma femme et mes deux filles qu’on appellera pour cette histoire Sandrine, Anna et Sasha... tout simplement parce que ce sont leurs prénoms ! On devait être accompagné par mes deux parents qui nous ont déjà suivis en Thaïlande il y a maintenant sept ans, mais une petite opération du genou a contraint ma mère à jeter l’éponge dans le visage de son chirurgien au dernier moment. Seul mon père sera de la sauterie en tant que guest star ! On souhaite donc tous ensemble la bienvenue à notre fournisseur d’anecdotes !
Combien ? On part un vendredi et on rentre un dimanche deux semaines plus tard…. Donc si tu comptes bien sur tes dix doigts, ça fait dix-sept jours, voyage compris.
Quoi ? Un voyage mi-routard, mi-pénard. Un circuit optimisé en restant au minimum trois jours par endroit pour éviter de perdre trop de temps dans les transports. De la découverte, des vieilles pierres, de la gastronomie, des rencontres, de la bonne bière, de l’exploration, … Et puis on n’oublie surtout pas de brosser « Martine » dans le bon sens en finissant par quelques jours de repos à l’ombre des cocotiers.
Où ? Pour commencer, le noooooord avec Siem Reap, puis Koh Rong tout au sud. On enchaîne ensuite par Koh Rong Samloem, pour finir tranquillement par Phnom Penh d’où nous regagnerons nos pénates.
Comment ? Scooter, tuk tuk, bus, bateau et tongs. Voilà nos moyens de locomotion ! Come on baby, do the locomooootion...
Bon, je crois avoir répondu à toutes tes questions. Aladin, à la deux, il est donc l’heure d’y aller mon bon génie : Pour tous les amoureux de l’Asie du sud-est ou pour te donner l'envie de le devenir, je déclare donc officiellement ce nouveau voyage ouvert ! Et là, tu te dis peut-être : « Oh, la chance qu’il a !!! » C’est marrant toutes ces personnes qui te répondent systématiquement ça quand tu leur annonces que tu pars en voyage… Premièrement, je ne vois pas ce que la chance vient faire là-dedans puisqu’il suffit de saisir son numéro de carte bancaire sur internet pour gagner un billet d’avion. Crois-moi sur parole, rien de plus simple, on gagne à tous les coups ! Deuxièmement, à tous ceux qui s’imaginent que les voyages, ce n’est que Bisounours et licornes pailletées, je rappelle quand même que la première journée d’un voyage, c’est-à-dire la journée d’aujourd’hui, rime toujours avec aéroport, avion, attente, décalage horaire, fatigue, … Un beau programme à te faire aimer le RER un jour de grève ! Mais rassure-toi, avec moi, inutile d'attacher ta ceinture, ça va être un voyage pépère, hyper rapide, sans zone de turbulences, ni même d’hôtesse à reluquer… puisqu'on est déjà arrivé !! Et oui, moi président, je t’ai exonéré des trois vols qui nous ont menés de Paris à Siem Reap en passant par Amman et Bangkok. Moi président, je t’ai fait grâce de vingt-quatre heures de transport éreintantes. Moi, président, je te dispense solennellement de toutes ces cernes sur ton visage puisque Sandrine se les est toutes accaparées... Seul fait marquant à se mettre sous la dent : Le petit Jésus des avions a sournoisement essayé de nous faire louper notre correspondance à Bangkok ! En direct live rien que pour toi, en voici le récit : On s’installe confortablement dans les sièges en face de notre porte d’embarquement F1A, on s’endort, on se réveille trois heures après, Jean-Michel Ecran au-dessus de notre porte affiche désormais « Shanghai » en lieu et place de « Siem Reap » qui y trônait pourtant fièrement tout à l’heure ! As-tu déjà vu le film « Maman j’ai raté l’avion » ? Et bien voici, « Maman, j’ai presque raté l’avion » ! En voici le scénario… Je m’enquière de la situation auprès d’une gentille hôtesse qui me répond que l’embarquement pour Siem Reap a déménagé en porte D1A à l’autre bout de l’aéroport pendant notre sommeil. « Vite, vite, la porte ferme dans huit minutes !... » S’il te plait, pour la suite de l’histoire, il te faut mettre la musique de Mission impossible... Pan ! C’est partie pour la finale du cent-dix mètres haies en direct de l’aéroport de Bangkok !... Ouf, un brin essoufflé, je remporte la victoire haut la main !... Sauf que, … déconfiture totale ! Du même genre que lorsque tes deux meilleurs attaquants sont forfaits pour la finale de la ligue des champions : En porte D1A, ils embarquent pour un vol pour « Abou Dhabi » !!! « Siem Reap, Siem Reap, please ? - Gate J1A ! » C’est pas possible, l’autre andouillette de tout à l’heure ne sait pas prononcer les « J » correctement ! Nouvelle course folle dans l'aéroport. Je prends de nouveau la tête du convoi, les autres tentant laborieusement de me coller au train. Me voyant arriver en courant, l'hôtesse d’embarquement me fait des signes de loin pour m'indiquer que c'est fini… Horreur, malheur !!! Une fois à sa hauteur, Youhou, champagne, elle m’indiquait en fait qu'il n'était pas nécessaire de courir car le vol a du retard. Allez, Champomy, c’est moi qui régale ! Enfin, … verre d’eau pour tout le monde, quoi !
La description de ce 9 février se termine avec une arrivée tardive à Siem Reap, un passage des formalités administratives bien longuet et rudimentaire, et un transport en tuk tuk affrété par notre hôtel pour traverser pour la première fois cette ville que je découvre enfin ; elle que je connais par procuration grâce à toutes mes innombrables lectures préparatoires d’avant voyage. J’ai un peu l’impression de rencontrer pour la première fois une personne rencontrée virtuellement de longue date sur internet. J’ai aussi l’impression de me sentir comme à la maison. Ça me fait ça à chaque fois avec l’Asie du sud-est. Les odeurs, les bruits, l'ambiance… Je ne saurais comment l'expliquer, mais il n'y a pas de période d'adaptation… Un petit mot sur notre hôtel, La Rose Blanche, établissement un peu excentré mais qui nous ravit les yeux dès notre arrivée. Comme dit l'adage, « avec l'âge, on s'embourgeoise ». Il est possible de trouver à Siem Reap des hôtels vraiment pas chers. Mais en mettant un tout petit peu plus que pas cher, il est possible de trouver de petites perles comme le nôtre dans lequel nous passerons les cinq prochaines nuits bien au chaud.
Allez, quelques morceaux de crocodile grillés sur un petit barbecue cambodgien dans un restaurant pas très loin de notre camp de base et c’est déjà l’heure de l’extinction des feux. Je sais que quelques heures seulement nous séparent de nos premières découvertes et il ne faudrait pas qu’on y arrive fatigués. Je te dis donc tout simplement à demain si tu le veux bien, et surtout si tu souhaites nous accompagner dans ce nouveau numéro de Dora l’exploratrice. De toute façon, demain est une autre aventure...
9 février - Vers un nouveau départ...
L’air de rien, monsieur l’hiver s’est installé confortablement, apportant avec lui dans ses bagages ses amis les nuages grisâtres, nuits tombant à dix-sept heures, gouttes au nez et vieux barbu tout de rouge vêtu. Alors, l’humain lambda boude dans son coin, prétextant une déprime passagère hivernale et une envie d’hibernation foudroyante. Chanceux que je suis, c’est à ce moment précis que chaque année, le génie sort de ma lampe de chevet : « Bonjour maître ! Qu’est-ce qui vous ferait plaisir ?... Un nouveau petit voyage, peut-être ? - Je dis oui, oui et re-oui » ! Chouette, il est temps de préparer les valises et de faire un choix. Choix très difficile entre mes tongs bleues et mes tongs orange. Et puis choix de la destination ! Pique-nique-douille, c’est toi l’andouille de Guéméné ! Suosdei !!! Si je te dis « Salut » dans une langue qui fleure bon l’exotisme, c’est que nous allons ensemble partager un nouveau voyage en direction de l’Asie du sud-est. Et oui, l’Asie du sud-est en hiver, il n’y a rien de mieux pour te requinquer un homme. Et puis l’Asie du sud-est, je l’ai dans la peau, au sens propre comme au sens figuré. Et cette fois-ci, ce sera dans un pays frontalier de la Thaïlande, du Laos et du Vietnam. Pays sous protectorat français jusqu’en 1953, titre d’une chanson de Kim Wilde, pays dont la capitale est Phnom Penh, je suis, je suis, … Ding dong, trop tard !... Le Cambodge !
Qui dit introduction à un nouveau voyage dit aussi interrogatoire. Je mets ma petite robe blanche moulante, je croise, je décroise les jambes, … Oups, j’avais oublié de mettre une culotte… C’est bon, l’interrogatoire peut débuter :
Qui ? Pour m’accompagner, ma femme et mes deux filles qu’on appellera pour cette histoire Sandrine, Anna et Sasha... tout simplement parce que ce sont leurs prénoms ! On devait être accompagné par mes deux parents qui nous ont déjà suivis en Thaïlande il y a maintenant sept ans, mais une petite opération du genou a contraint ma mère à jeter l’éponge dans le visage de son chirurgien au dernier moment. Seul mon père sera de la sauterie en tant que guest star ! On souhaite donc tous ensemble la bienvenue à notre fournisseur d’anecdotes !
Combien ? On part un vendredi et on rentre un dimanche deux semaines plus tard…. Donc si tu comptes bien sur tes dix doigts, ça fait dix-sept jours, voyage compris.
Quoi ? Un voyage mi-routard, mi-pénard. Un circuit optimisé en restant au minimum trois jours par endroit pour éviter de perdre trop de temps dans les transports. De la découverte, des vieilles pierres, de la gastronomie, des rencontres, de la bonne bière, de l’exploration, … Et puis on n’oublie surtout pas de brosser « Martine » dans le bon sens en finissant par quelques jours de repos à l’ombre des cocotiers.
Où ? Pour commencer, le noooooord avec Siem Reap, puis Koh Rong tout au sud. On enchaîne ensuite par Koh Rong Samloem, pour finir tranquillement par Phnom Penh d’où nous regagnerons nos pénates.
Comment ? Scooter, tuk tuk, bus, bateau et tongs. Voilà nos moyens de locomotion ! Come on baby, do the locomooootion...
Bon, je crois avoir répondu à toutes tes questions. Aladin, à la deux, il est donc l’heure d’y aller mon bon génie : Pour tous les amoureux de l’Asie du sud-est ou pour te donner l'envie de le devenir, je déclare donc officiellement ce nouveau voyage ouvert ! Et là, tu te dis peut-être : « Oh, la chance qu’il a !!! » C’est marrant toutes ces personnes qui te répondent systématiquement ça quand tu leur annonces que tu pars en voyage… Premièrement, je ne vois pas ce que la chance vient faire là-dedans puisqu’il suffit de saisir son numéro de carte bancaire sur internet pour gagner un billet d’avion. Crois-moi sur parole, rien de plus simple, on gagne à tous les coups ! Deuxièmement, à tous ceux qui s’imaginent que les voyages, ce n’est que Bisounours et licornes pailletées, je rappelle quand même que la première journée d’un voyage, c’est-à-dire la journée d’aujourd’hui, rime toujours avec aéroport, avion, attente, décalage horaire, fatigue, … Un beau programme à te faire aimer le RER un jour de grève ! Mais rassure-toi, avec moi, inutile d'attacher ta ceinture, ça va être un voyage pépère, hyper rapide, sans zone de turbulences, ni même d’hôtesse à reluquer… puisqu'on est déjà arrivé !! Et oui, moi président, je t’ai exonéré des trois vols qui nous ont menés de Paris à Siem Reap en passant par Amman et Bangkok. Moi président, je t’ai fait grâce de vingt-quatre heures de transport éreintantes. Moi, président, je te dispense solennellement de toutes ces cernes sur ton visage puisque Sandrine se les est toutes accaparées... Seul fait marquant à se mettre sous la dent : Le petit Jésus des avions a sournoisement essayé de nous faire louper notre correspondance à Bangkok ! En direct live rien que pour toi, en voici le récit : On s’installe confortablement dans les sièges en face de notre porte d’embarquement F1A, on s’endort, on se réveille trois heures après, Jean-Michel Ecran au-dessus de notre porte affiche désormais « Shanghai » en lieu et place de « Siem Reap » qui y trônait pourtant fièrement tout à l’heure ! As-tu déjà vu le film « Maman j’ai raté l’avion » ? Et bien voici, « Maman, j’ai presque raté l’avion » ! En voici le scénario… Je m’enquière de la situation auprès d’une gentille hôtesse qui me répond que l’embarquement pour Siem Reap a déménagé en porte D1A à l’autre bout de l’aéroport pendant notre sommeil. « Vite, vite, la porte ferme dans huit minutes !... » S’il te plait, pour la suite de l’histoire, il te faut mettre la musique de Mission impossible... Pan ! C’est partie pour la finale du cent-dix mètres haies en direct de l’aéroport de Bangkok !... Ouf, un brin essoufflé, je remporte la victoire haut la main !... Sauf que, … déconfiture totale ! Du même genre que lorsque tes deux meilleurs attaquants sont forfaits pour la finale de la ligue des champions : En porte D1A, ils embarquent pour un vol pour « Abou Dhabi » !!! « Siem Reap, Siem Reap, please ? - Gate J1A ! » C’est pas possible, l’autre andouillette de tout à l’heure ne sait pas prononcer les « J » correctement ! Nouvelle course folle dans l'aéroport. Je prends de nouveau la tête du convoi, les autres tentant laborieusement de me coller au train. Me voyant arriver en courant, l'hôtesse d’embarquement me fait des signes de loin pour m'indiquer que c'est fini… Horreur, malheur !!! Une fois à sa hauteur, Youhou, champagne, elle m’indiquait en fait qu'il n'était pas nécessaire de courir car le vol a du retard. Allez, Champomy, c’est moi qui régale ! Enfin, … verre d’eau pour tout le monde, quoi !
La description de ce 9 février se termine avec une arrivée tardive à Siem Reap, un passage des formalités administratives bien longuet et rudimentaire, et un transport en tuk tuk affrété par notre hôtel pour traverser pour la première fois cette ville que je découvre enfin ; elle que je connais par procuration grâce à toutes mes innombrables lectures préparatoires d’avant voyage. J’ai un peu l’impression de rencontrer pour la première fois une personne rencontrée virtuellement de longue date sur internet. J’ai aussi l’impression de me sentir comme à la maison. Ça me fait ça à chaque fois avec l’Asie du sud-est. Les odeurs, les bruits, l'ambiance… Je ne saurais comment l'expliquer, mais il n'y a pas de période d'adaptation… Un petit mot sur notre hôtel, La Rose Blanche, établissement un peu excentré mais qui nous ravit les yeux dès notre arrivée. Comme dit l'adage, « avec l'âge, on s'embourgeoise ». Il est possible de trouver à Siem Reap des hôtels vraiment pas chers. Mais en mettant un tout petit peu plus que pas cher, il est possible de trouver de petites perles comme le nôtre dans lequel nous passerons les cinq prochaines nuits bien au chaud.
Allez, quelques morceaux de crocodile grillés sur un petit barbecue cambodgien dans un restaurant pas très loin de notre camp de base et c’est déjà l’heure de l’extinction des feux. Je sais que quelques heures seulement nous séparent de nos premières découvertes et il ne faudrait pas qu’on y arrive fatigués. Je te dis donc tout simplement à demain si tu le veux bien, et surtout si tu souhaites nous accompagner dans ce nouveau numéro de Dora l’exploratrice. De toute façon, demain est une autre aventure...
Nous testons la Flow Vélo en septembre (Sud-Ouest de la France) English translation pending
Bonjour ,
après 3 années d'interruption , C décidé la même équipe ( 4 personnes) repart vers le 14 septembre:
toujours en France et vu l'âge qui avance avec des vélos "nucléaire"; deux vélos montés avec des kits et 2 vélos de location Matra
Pas trop loin de chez nous , donc on y va en voitures : la Flow vélo , hébergement en mobilhomme , en auberges de jeunesse.
Aller et retour nous comptons 9 jours, 580km au total + les visites.
Si quelqu'un l'à déjà fait nous sommes preneur d'infos.
Cordialement
Vol Ryanair pour 14 à 15 jours en Andalousie English translation pending
Bonjour
Nous devons partir le 11 septembre 2020 en Andalousie par Raynair , mais nous ne voulons pas partir.
Il y a t'il des personnes qui ont écrit à Raynair mais en France
Il y a t'il des personnes qui ont été dans notre cas ?
Il y a t'il des personnes qui sont partis cet été en Andalousie ?
Merci en attendant votre réponse
Traversée de la Chartreuse en solo English translation pending
Trek solo n°6
On admettra que cette année fut spéciale. Je devais faire la traversée de Majorque en avril et puis... SALUE JE M'APPELLE COVID 19 ET JE VIENS VOUS FAIRE CHIER. Du coup, peu de projets pour cet été, difficile d'estimer les possibilités de voyage à l'étranger, pas très envie non plus de faire circuler cette merde... Alors je me rabats sur mes chères Alpes, ma foi de très bonne qualité. Début juillet, je consulte mon pote David, un normand exilé au pays des montagnes, pour savoir quand il sera chez lui, à Chambéry. Je cale donc un périple fin juillet, de Grenoble à Chambéry, via le massif de la Chartreuse, et en profiterai pour lui rendre visite.
Trajet réservé : départ le 25 juillet en train vers Grenoble, retour le 2 août en bus depuis Chambéry.
Je m'attends pas à quelque chose d'exceptionnel, je sais pas pourquoi. Ça a l'air très joli, mais pas très haut, et pas très sauvage. Mais après ces derniers mois bizarres, ce confinement éprouvant et les longs mois sans nature, un peu de montagne ne peut me faire que du bien. Et au moins, même si la météo n'est pas avec moi, je vais pas crever de froid, pour une fois (les plus hauts sommets sont à 2000m environ).
Après un petit séjour en Normandie natale et quelques trips de Caen, me voici en halte en région parisienne pour faire mon sac, la veille du départ. Ce qui m'inquiète le plus, c'est l'accès à l'eau. Il n'y a pas beaucoup de neige l'hiver (voire pas du tout certaines années), donc très peu de rivières en altitude. Les sources sont pour abreuver les troupeaux et bergers, mais souvent, l'été, elles sont à sec... Je checke quand même les dernières mises à jour des randonneurs sur refuge.info, qui recense tous les abris et les sources, pour voir un peu l'état des lieux. Ça devrait le faire. Je prends quand même 3 gourdes de 75 ml au lieu de 2 habituellement, ce qui me fait au maximum 2,25L d'eau en réserve.
Je blinde mon sac de 50L : 13 kg sans eau. Mh. Je sais pas comment je me démerde pour me retrouver avec autant de poids. Je lis pas mal de carnets de randonneurs qui portent 8 kg. Pourtant, j'ai pas prévu beaucoup de bouffe, peu d'habits, le strict minimum pour l'autonomie... Je comprends pas comment ça peut monter aussi haut pour seulement une semaine, d'ailleurs je me pose la question tous les ans.
On admettra que cette année fut spéciale. Je devais faire la traversée de Majorque en avril et puis... SALUE JE M'APPELLE COVID 19 ET JE VIENS VOUS FAIRE CHIER. Du coup, peu de projets pour cet été, difficile d'estimer les possibilités de voyage à l'étranger, pas très envie non plus de faire circuler cette merde... Alors je me rabats sur mes chères Alpes, ma foi de très bonne qualité. Début juillet, je consulte mon pote David, un normand exilé au pays des montagnes, pour savoir quand il sera chez lui, à Chambéry. Je cale donc un périple fin juillet, de Grenoble à Chambéry, via le massif de la Chartreuse, et en profiterai pour lui rendre visite.
Trajet réservé : départ le 25 juillet en train vers Grenoble, retour le 2 août en bus depuis Chambéry.
Je m'attends pas à quelque chose d'exceptionnel, je sais pas pourquoi. Ça a l'air très joli, mais pas très haut, et pas très sauvage. Mais après ces derniers mois bizarres, ce confinement éprouvant et les longs mois sans nature, un peu de montagne ne peut me faire que du bien. Et au moins, même si la météo n'est pas avec moi, je vais pas crever de froid, pour une fois (les plus hauts sommets sont à 2000m environ).
Après un petit séjour en Normandie natale et quelques trips de Caen, me voici en halte en région parisienne pour faire mon sac, la veille du départ. Ce qui m'inquiète le plus, c'est l'accès à l'eau. Il n'y a pas beaucoup de neige l'hiver (voire pas du tout certaines années), donc très peu de rivières en altitude. Les sources sont pour abreuver les troupeaux et bergers, mais souvent, l'été, elles sont à sec... Je checke quand même les dernières mises à jour des randonneurs sur refuge.info, qui recense tous les abris et les sources, pour voir un peu l'état des lieux. Ça devrait le faire. Je prends quand même 3 gourdes de 75 ml au lieu de 2 habituellement, ce qui me fait au maximum 2,25L d'eau en réserve.
Je blinde mon sac de 50L : 13 kg sans eau. Mh. Je sais pas comment je me démerde pour me retrouver avec autant de poids. Je lis pas mal de carnets de randonneurs qui portent 8 kg. Pourtant, j'ai pas prévu beaucoup de bouffe, peu d'habits, le strict minimum pour l'autonomie... Je comprends pas comment ça peut monter aussi haut pour seulement une semaine, d'ailleurs je me pose la question tous les ans.